×
Quick Used Equipment Filter












used search tag
0
Total: $0.00
    Nothing In Your Cart...
Go to Cart

See All Locations

X738 LAWN TRACTOR

Signature Series Lawn Tractor
x700-series

  • 25.5-hp (19 kW) iTorque™ Power System
  • Hydrostatic four-wheel drive, power two-wheel steer, power lift system, Twin-Touch™ forward and reverse foot pedals, heavy-duty all-purpose tires
  • 4-year/700-hour bumper-to-bumper warranty
  • Available in 48-, 54-, and 60-inch mower deck sizes
$ 15,659.00 MSRP

PLUS ADDITIONAL CHARGES


Apply For FinancingBuy OnlineMaintenance Plans
View Product Brochure
60 Day Promise



Features



Engine is smooth running and reliable V-twin liquid-cooled design

25.5-hp (19-kW) engine 25.5-hp (19-kW) engine

The V-twin, liquid-cooled John Deere iTorque power system with electronic fuel injection (EFI) provides exceptional performance and has the durability to handle commercial-use applications. The John Deere iTorque power system includes a combination of engine features that provide more lugging ability, even cooling, and durability.

iTorque stands for intelligent design (to get a task done efficiently) and torque (good lugging ability). It is used exclusively on gasoline-powered Select Series™ and Signature Series Tractors.

Hood opened to show engine Hood opened to show engine

The 25.5-hp (19-kW) liquid-cooled V-twin engine has a large 45.5-cu in. (745-cc) displacement to provide plenty of power and torque for excellent performance in any operating condition. The one-piece hood is hinged to open for convenient engine service.

Key engine features include:

  • Liquid cooling
    • Longer engine life
    • Quieter operation
    • Improved fuel economy
  • V-twin cylinder design
    • Smoother running
    • Easier starting 
  • Overhead valve (OHV) design to provide more efficient airflow for improved combustion
    • More horsepower and torque per cubic inch of displacement
    • Better cooling for longer engine life
    • Reduced oil consumption
    • Improved fuel economy
  • Full-pressure lubrication with replaceable oil filter that provides plenty of clean oil for long engine life
  • Horizontal crankshaft with a drive shaft connection to the transmission for positive power transfer 
  • Aluminum block and cast-iron cylinder liners
    • Efficient heat dissipation
    • Strength and durability with less weight
  • Low exhaust emissions to meet U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) clean air standards
    • Liquid cooling for consistent operating temperatures
    • OHV for efficient lean burn combustion
    • Precise air-to-fuel ratio control with electronic fuel injection
    • Closed crankcase ventilation re-circulates and burns crankcase hydrocarbons
  • Oil drain valve with hose and oil filter drip tray for easy, no-mess maintenance
  • Electronic ignition for quick, sure starts
  • Rubber engine mounts
    • Vibration-free operation
    • Lower noise
  • Electric fuel pump ensures positive fuel delivery for fast starts and smooth running
  • Solenoid-shift starter ensures that starter stays engaged until key switch is released for fast cold-weather starts
Air intake system
Air intake screens on hood and pedestal Air intake screens on hood and pedestal
Radiator screen pulled out for cleaning Radiator screen pulled out for cleaning

Engine intake air is drawn in through screened panels at the base of the pedestal and on the right and left sides of the tractor hood:

  • Cleanest and coolest area of the tractor
  • Pre-cleans the air to keep large chaff and debris from entering the radiator or air cleaner
  • Easy to clean and service so engine operates at optimum temperature

An inertia-discharge canister with dry-type paper element surrounded by a foam precleaner cleans intake air for long engine life:

  • Ejects large dirt particles before they make contact with the filter
  • Provides dual protection against dirt entering the engine
  • Easily removed for cleaning or replacement
  • Recommend the air filter be replaced and the precleaner cleaned annually or every 200 hours, whichever comes first
Battery and alternator are large capacity
Battery located at front of tractor frame Battery located at front of tractor frame

A high-capacity regulated alternator charging system provides plenty of power to quickly recharge the battery and run electrical equipment, such as lights or a sprayer:

  • 20-amp alternator is provided as standard equipment on gasoline engines.
  • An optional 20-amp auxiliary alternator kit operates in parallel with the standard 20-amp engine-equipped alternator to bring the total of 12-V electric power to 40 amps.

A large-capacity, 300 cold-cranking amp battery provides plenty of cranking power for quick, sure starts in cold weather:

  • Mounted at the front of the tractor frame for easy accessibility
Electronic fuel injection

Electronic fuel injection (EFI) offers many important performance advantages:

  • Immediate starting in hot or cold ambient temperatures or after long periods of seasonal storage
  • No choke linkage for the user to operate
  • No engine warmup required, so the implement can be engaged immediately after the engine starts
  • Greater horsepower and torque responsiveness
  • Higher reliability with the elimination of vapor locking, misfiring, run-on, and after-bang
  • Automatic altitude compensation
  • Delivers fuel precisely
    • Reduces the potential for plug fouling
Fuel tank has a large 5.2-U.S. gal. (19.7-L) capacity
Fuel cap and tank (shown on X758 Diesel Tractor) Fuel cap and tank (shown on X758 Diesel Tractor)

A large, 5.2-U.S. gal. (19.7-L) capacity fuel tank holds enough fuel for extended operation between refills:

  • Fuel-fill location is on the left fender for easy access, increased safety, fewer spills, and convenience during filling.
  • In-tank electric fuel pump supplies ample fuel flow to eliminate vapor lock and ensure quick engine starts, even after months of storage.

54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) High-Capacity (HC) Mower Decks are heavy duty

X739 Tractor mowing with 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck X739 Tractor mowing with 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck
Side view of mower deck Side view of mower deck

A deep-deck design of 5.5 in. (14 cm) delivers excellent airflow so material can be processed quickly and efficiently. The deck is stamped from 9-gauge, 0.15-in. (3.8-mm) steel and has welded-on reinforcement at the bottom edge for extra strength and durability.

60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck top view 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck top view
54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck bottom view 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck bottom view

High-capacity mower decks are formed in a hydraulic press to minimize the number of welds and provide a smooth underside for reduced material buildup:

  • Wider and higher discharge opening provides an even clipping dispersal for an excellent finished appearance in all conditions.
  • Durable plastic deflector spreads grass clippings evenly across the lawn, is hinged, and can be raised to minimize the storage space required. 
  • 1-in. (2.5-cm) cold-forged spindles are heat-treated for strength and supported by ball bearings.
  • Front edge is raised above the blade plane to allow even cutting of tall grass.
  • Blade overlap is greater than many conventional decks for a clean cut.
  • Mower can side-discharge, mulch (optional), or use a Power Flow™ collection system (optional).
Tire-grab feature and shark tooth shaped grips Tire-grab feature and shark tooth shaped grips
Drive-over ramp removed for spindle access Drive-over ramp removed for spindle access

Ramps are provided to permit driving over the mower deck for installing and removing it from the tractor:

  • Constructed of 30 percent glass-filled polypropylene for strength to carry the weight of the tractor
  • Polypropylene material will not rust or corrode for lasting good appearance
  • Shark tooth shaped grips designed into the ramp inclines for added wheel traction when driving onto the mower deck
  • Tire grab at the rear of the ramp gives extra wheel traction
  • Ramps removed and replaced without tools to permit convenient servicing of the mower spindles
Mower wash port Mower wash port
Mower wash port with hose connector Mower wash port with hose connector

A wash port is provided to make cleaning the underside of the mower deck easy: 

  • Hose connector is included with the mower deck.

Optional high-performance mulching attachment

Mulching attachment components (48 HC shown) Mulching attachment components (48 HC shown)

The high-performance mulching attachment provides excellent mulching performance:

  • This is a high-performance mulching attachment that includes formed steel baffles to control the material and special mulching blades for superior performance.
    • The special mulching blades that are included can also be used for side discharging and collecting, though overall performance may be slightly less than with the standard blades.
  • Order: BM23977, 54 HC mulching attachment  or BM23978 60 HC mulching attachment

 

Optional MulchControl™ attachment

MulchControl with baffle closed MulchControl with baffle closed
MulchControl with baffle open MulchControl with baffle open

The MulchControl attachment makes mulching more practical for many mowing situations because it not only does an excellent job of mulching but it also allows the mower to be easily converted for times when it is more desirable to side discharge or collect the lawn material. Advantages of mulching grass clippings include:

  • A beautiful looking lawn
  • Grass clippings not blown onto the operator, driveways, or flower beds
  • Less fertilizer use
  • Elimination of the effort needed to dispose of clippings

MulchControl is an innovative, simple design that is easy to use and maintain:

  • The MulchControl attachment includes baffles to control the flow of material under the deck.
  • The left mower blade area is completely enclosed and optimized for mulching, thus will mulch even when the mower is in the side-discharge mode.
  • Baffles around the center and right blades are optimized for mulching when the discharge baffle is closed.
MulchControl operation
MulchControl handle (standard with MulchControl) MulchControl handle (standard with MulchControl)
Hydraulic MulchControl actuator option Hydraulic MulchControl actuator option

The optional MulchControl attachment comes with a handle on top of the mower deck that is used to open and close the discharge baffle:

  • The operator is required to get off of the machine in order to engage or disengage mulch mode.

An optional hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment is available to replace the standard control lever and allow the operator to control MulchControl from the seat using the tractor’s hydraulic control lever.

NOTE: To have hydraulic control of the MulchControl baffle, both MulchControl and hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachments must be ordered. The hydraulic MulchControl actuator is an extra-cost option for the MulchControl attachment.

Changing from mulching to side discharge or vice versa with the hand lever or hydraulic MulchControl actuator option takes only a few seconds.

 

MulchControl is well-suited to the following mowing situations:

  • Usually mulch, but side discharge when grass gets too long
  • Usually side discharge, but would like to be able to close the chute to control clippings
  • Always mulch a main lawn, but often side discharge secondary lawns
  • Bag clippings, but want to go farther before emptying bags

MulchControl puts the operator in control of the clippings. Now the operator can have all the benefits of mulching with the ability to easily change to side-discharge or bagging when needed.

MulchControl limitations

While in the side-discharge mode, MulchControl will still mulch about one-third of the material. Therefore, the side-discharge mode is essentially a partial-mulch mode. This can be an advantage when side discharging or bagging, as it helps to reduce the amount of material being discharged. Other times this could work as a disadvantage:

  • When cutting strong southern grasses, such as Zoysia and Bermuda
  • When cutting in wet, high-growth conditions, such as those found in the Pacific Northwest United States
  • When optimum bagging and lawn clean-up is desired

MulchControl compatibility

MulchControl is a field-installed attachment. Mulching blades are included:

  • MulchControl is for 2015 and newer X700 Signature Series Tractor and:
    • 9074M 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 030,001-070,000)
    • 9078M 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 070,001-)
    • 9075M 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 030,001-070,000)
    • 9079M 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 070,001-)
  • Optional hydraulic MulchControl actuator (BUC10536) is available for model year 2019 and newer mower decks (9078M and 9079M) only. In addition, mower must be equipped with the basic MulchControl attachment.

NOTE: The hydraulic MulchControl actuator is not available for the 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ Mower Deck.

Order:

BM26300 MulchControl attachment (54 HC)

BM25258 MulchControl attachment (60 HC)

BUC10536 Hydraulic MulchControl actuator

Mower deck attachability
X758 Tractor driving onto high-capacity mower deck X758 Tractor driving onto high-capacity mower deck

High-capacity mower decks have ramps positioned on top of the deck for easy installation:

  • On a four-wheel drive (4WD) tractor, the operator can simply drive onto and over the deck.
  • On a two-wheel drive (2WD) tractor, the operator must back onto and over the deck.

To remove the mower deck:

  • Disconnect the drive shaft.
  • Unlock the draft arm locks.
  • Back or drive the tractor onto and off the mower deck. 
    • On a 4WD tractor, the operator can simply back onto and off the deck.
    • On a 2WD tractor, the operator can simply drive forward onto and off the deck.
Optional AutoConnect™ drive (BM25677)
X758 Tractor driving onto high-capacity mower deck X758 Tractor driving onto high-capacity mower deck
AutoConnect option installed on X758 Tractor AutoConnect option installed on X758 Tractor

The AutoConnect driveshaft is an optional kit that will automatically connect or remove the drive from the mower deck to the tractor's mid power take-off (PTO) shaft.

 

The AutoConnect drive does not need to be removed from the tractor when using front-powered equipment.

 

Drive-over mower quick reference (major steps)

John Deere has designed a system that makes it easy to remove and reinstall the mower deck. A few steps need to be followed carefully to ensure success.
 
The list below includes the major steps. Refer to the operator’s manual for a more detailed procedure. The tractor most likely has the mower already installed, so these steps begin with the removal procedure.

DRIVEJD - Always Dependable Product

 

                                                                 Mower removal steps

Drive tractor to level area.

 

Ready mower deck.

  • Adjust wheels and lower mower deck
  • Draft arms removed (front) and released (rear)
  • Power take-off (PTO): disconnect if manual PTO-connect system, then back up to clear rear draft arms (If equipped with AutoConnect™, backing up also disconnects the PTO)
    • Raise rear draft arms

 Increase engine speed, engage traction assist, and drive over.

 

                                                                 Mower installation steps

Verify tractor and mower are ready.

  • Alignment of tractor and mower deck
  • Draft arms up
  • PTO in correct position (If manual PTO connect, place shaft in mower hanger)

 Engage traction assist, increase engine speed, and drive or back over.

 

Join mower to tractor.

  • Alignment and attachment verified and PTO connected
  • Draft arms hookup, front
  • Position mower wheels

Done! Set mower deck height and mow.

Four-year or 700-hour bumper-to-bumper warranty is standard

An exclusive 4-year or 700-hour (whichever comes first), single-source, bumper-to-bumper warranty* is standard for all John Deere X700 Series Tractors.

  • The warranty is hassle free, with one company handling all of the paperwork.
  • Premium features of X700 Series Tractors allow for this longer warranty period, with more coverage than comparable tractors.

*Term limited to years or hours used, whichever comes first, and varies by model. See the LIMITED WARRANTY FOR NEW JOHN DEERE TURF AND UTILITY EQUIPMENT at JohnDeere.com or JohnDeere.ca/TUWarranty for details.

Hydrostatic four-wheel drive (4WD) with Twin Touch™ control gives superior traction and easy operation

Twin Touch foot control Twin Touch foot control
Cruise control Cruise control

Twin Touch foot pedals control the speed and direction of travel:

  • Automotive-type accelerator control for easy operation
  • Twin Touch design that allows operator to change direction without lifting foot off platform
  • Large pedal surface for increased operator comfort

When the master brake pedal is depressed, the power take-off (PTO) and cruise control disengage.

Cruise control is standard equipment:

  • To engage, push in on the cruise lever and hold until the foot is removed from the forward pedal.
  • For emergency stop, the cruise control can be released by pushing on the master brake pedal or pushing down on the forward pedal.
Heavy-duty two-wheel steer or four-wheel steer transaxle
X758 two-wheel steer transaxle shown X758 two-wheel steer transaxle shown

A rugged, heavy-duty commercial hydrostatic transaxle handles a wide variety of ground-engaging applications and commercial mowing usage. A hitch for tow-behind equipment is included. The tractor frame extends behind the transaxle to provide mounting points for the category 1 3-point hitch and Click-N-Go™ mounting brackets.

Many quality features are provided:

  • Universal joint splined drive shaft between the engine and transmission is durable and gives efficient power transfer (no belts, no slippage, no power loss).
  • Shaft drive output through continuous live transmission PTO has no belts to slip or wear out.
  • Internal hydraulic PTO with multi-disk clutch pack:
    • Soft, smooth clutch engagement
    • Long disk life with continuous oil bath
    • No service required, as disks are self-adjusting
  • Internal, wet-disk brakes:
    • Isolated from dirt, rust, ice, or other contaminants for effective brake operation
    • Constantly cooled by transmission fluid to minimize wear and eliminate loss of brakes from overheating
  • Quiet design virtually eliminates hydrostatic whine.
  • Large, efficient 8-cc charge pump produces excellent flow and pressure to allow operating a variety of hydraulic powered equipment.
  • Externally mounted, oil-filled shock absorber in the transmission control system ensures smooth starts and stops.
  • Exceptional strength and durability:
    • Automotive-type forged flanged axles
    • Cast-iron axle housings
    • Uses an axial piston-type hydrostatic pump and motor versus less-efficient ball-type rotating groups
Two-wheel steer hydrostatic transaxle Two-wheel steer hydrostatic transaxle
Four-wheel steer hydrostatic transaxle Four-wheel steer hydrostatic transaxle

Two-wheel drive (2WD) and 4WD tractors use similar transaxles, however, four-wheel steer tractors have additional features that allow the rear wheels to turn.

 Differential lock control Differential lock control

Infinite control of ground speed and smooth change of direction provide efficiency and operator convenience. The differential lock provides positive power to both drive wheels for increased traction. It can be engaged by the operator as needed.

Forward 0 to 8.5 mph (0 to 13.7 km/h)
Reverse 0 to 6 mph (0 to 9.7 km/h)
Transmission oil cooler

The transmission oil cooler is standard equipment:

  • Helps keep oil temperatures cooler during high draft load operations
  • Separate automotive-style cooler that provides increased capacity for the oil cooler as well as the radiator, when compared to an oil cooler internal to the radiator
Full-time 4WD for superior traction
X738 Tractor mowing X738 Tractor mowing
Full-time 4WD front axle Full-time 4WD front axle

The full-time 4WD front axle provides a superior combination of traction and maneuverability. When the tractor is in a turn, the front wheels need to rotate faster because of the larger arc, compared to the rear wheels, they are traveling in. The hydrostatic front-wheel motors automatically increase the average travel speed of the front wheels when the tractor is in a turn.

The full-time 4WD system optimizes steering performance to provide maneuverability and trimming ability comparable to that of 2WD models, turning radius of 25 in. (63.5 cm) for two-wheel steer models and 21 in. (53.3 cm) for four- wheel steer models, with the added benefit of four-wheel traction.

Full-time 4WD front-wheel motors are powered by the same pressurized hydraulic fluid that powers the rear transaxle drive motor:

  • Hydraulic lines move the pressurized fluid from the rear axle to the front-wheel drive motors, located near the center of the front axle, after the oil has passed through the rear transaxle drive motor.
  • The two front wheel motors receive fluid in parallel so each gets the amount of fluid needed to enable different speeds during turns, similar to a differential assembly, and allow smooth turns.
  • Turning radius of tractors with full-time 4WD is the same as for 2WD models, and considerably less than the turning radius for tractors with mechanical 4WD.
  • Full-time 4WD functions in forward and reverse.
Control arm increases front-wheel speed in turns Control arm increases front-wheel speed in turns
Front-wheel drop-axle Front-wheel drop-axle
  • A control rod (looks similar to a steering drag link) adjusts the swash plate of the variable-speed wheel motors, so each wheel motor is operated at the optimum speed during turns to minimize tire scuffing and assist in making tight turns.
  • Front-wheel drop-axles provide extra-tight steering capability, improved ground clearance, and include speed-reduction gearing.

Operator station is comfortable and convenient

X730 Tractor mowing X730 Tractor mowing
Tilt steering wheel Tilt steering wheel

The tilt steering wheel can be adjusted for optimum operator comfort:

  • Six positions can be selected with the push of a lever for the most comfortable setting.
  • The full-up position makes getting on and off the tractor easy.
  • The steering wheel is designed for comfortable, no-slip operation.
Two-piece tilt-back seat
Seat has convenient tilt-back feature Seat has convenient tilt-back feature
Seat tilted forward Seat tilted forward

Two-piece, 21-in. (53-cm) high-back seat, with John Deere branded embroidery, has a thick seat cushion for lasting comfort, even after a full day of use. The back can be angled to maximize operator comfort by using a convenient lever on the side of the seat.

A four-bar adjustable seat suspension and 7-in. (18-cm) slide-rail fore-aft adjustment are provided to optimize operator comfort.

Optional armrest kit
Adjustable armrest option Adjustable armrest option
Left armrest in raised position Left armrest in raised position

Optional armrests increase operator support and comfort, thus reducing fatigue and improving productivity, especially when mowing for extended periods of time. Armrests are adjustable to suit the operator. The embroidered logo on the seat back makes this upscale seat look as good as it feels.

Optional air-ride suspension seat
Optional air-ride suspension seat Optional air-ride suspension seat
Seat pressure switch and fore-aft adjustment lever Seat pressure switch and fore-aft adjustment lever

The optional air-ride seat minimizes vibration the operator feels while using the tractor and provides a very smooth ride. This seat has a full pneumatic suspension that is easy for operators to adjust to suit their individual needs. Wide, shaped ergonomic cushions are comfortable and reduce back strain.
 
Features include:

  • Simple switch on the front of the seat makes adjustment easy
  • Back-angle adjustment
  • Three-position lumbar adjustment
  • Armrest height adjustment
  • 7-in. (18-cm) fore-aft adjustment

Key benefits of the seat:

  • Provides maximum ride comfort and quality, thus minimizing operator fatigue
  • Dampens lower frequency vibration better than mechanical suspensions

NOTE: The air-ride seat is compatible with all X700 Signature Series Tractors, model year 2013 and later (serial number 010,001-). Plug and play wiring harness for use with the air-ride suspension seat has been added to model year 2019 tractors (serial number 70,001-) to reduce seat-installation time. Model year 2013-2018 (serial number 010,001-070,000) requires AM146765 wiring harness. See CCMS solution 115258 for more information.

Foot pads
Foot pads Foot pads

Foot pads help isolate the operator's feet from vibration:

  • Provide a non-slip surface for safer mounting or dismounting the tractor
  • Attractive styling
Handgrips, toolbox, cup holder, and 12-V outlet
Toolbox and handgrip Toolbox and handgrip
Toolbox with cover open and cup holder Toolbox with cover open and cup holder

The fender handles provide a convenient handhold to use when getting on and off the tractor and when operating on slopes:

  • Plastic material is durable and will not rust.
  • The cup holder is designed to hold a variety of drink container sizes.
  • Toolbox provides a safe and convenient location to store tools and supplies.
  • Exact Adjust mower leveling tool and gauge storage features are provided in the tool box.
12-V outlet
12-V outlet 12-V outlet
12-V outlet with cover open 12-V outlet with cover open

12-V outlet located for the convenience of connecting a variety of electrical and electronic equipment:

  • Outlet switch is located on the dash for starting and stopping an electric spreader or sprayer.
Headlights and taillights provide good visibility
Two high-quality headlights Two high-quality headlights

Large, automotive-type headlights and taillights provide unsurpassed nighttime illumination:

  • Standard 37-W halogen headlights provide excellent nighttime visibility.
  • Large automotive-type taillights enhance the tractor's appearance and safety.
  • Headlights, taillights, and rear work lights are easily operated with a single dash-mounted switch.
Taillights, work lights, and backup lights Taillights, work lights, and backup lights

Rear lights provide visibility for the tractor operator and others:

  • Standard backup lights can be turned on full time to double as rear work lights.
  • Backup lights come on automatically when the operator depresses the reverse pedal.

Snow removal and yard care equipment

An advantage of X700 Series Garden Tractors is their ability to use attachments for snow removal and a variety of other yard-care tasks.

The front quick-hitch mounting system allows for a tool-free change between the front blade, rotary broom, and snow blower. Additional attachments available for use with the equipment listed below include:

  • Quik-Tatch tractor frame weights to add ballast for traction and stability
    NOTE: Ballast is required for some applications.
  • Tire chains or TerraGrip traction belts for extra traction when using snow-removal equipment
  • Weather protection (shown below) for operator protection and comfort
47-in. (119-cm) and 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Snow Blowers
47-in. (119-cm) Snow Blower on X739 Tractor 47-in. (119-cm) Snow Blower on X739 Tractor
54-in. (137-cm) Snow Blower on X739 Tractor 54-in. (137-cm) Snow Blower on X739 Tractor

The 47-in. (119-cm) and 54-in. (137-cm) Snow Blowers have the capacity to handle big snow-removal jobs.

The front quick-hitch mounting system allows for a tool-free change between the front blade, rotary broom, and snow blower.

54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blades
54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade
60-in. (152-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade 60-in. (152-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade

The 54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Front Blades are excellent for moving snow, gravel, dirt, sand, or other loose material. They can be hydraulically angled up to 27 degrees right or left or used in the straight-ahead position.

52-in. (132-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Rotary Brooms
52-in. (132-cm) Rotary Broom 52-in. (132-cm) Rotary Broom
60-in. (152-cm) Heavy-Duty Rotary Broom 60-in. (152-cm) Heavy-Duty Rotary Broom

The 52-in. (132-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Rotary Brooms increase tractor versatility by allowing use for a variety of sweeping jobs. The broom effectively meets the needs of commercial, farm, home, and estate operators with four-season versatility:

Spring 
Rotary brooms can be used to dethatch lawns and clean off tennis courts and other areas quickly and effectively.

Summer
Rotary brooms effectively perform a wide variety of sweeping jobs, including cleaning sidewalks, parking lots, driveways, construction job sites, and barns. They can also be used for backfilling trenches.

Fall 
Rotary brooms can be used to sweep leaves and windrow pine needles. They sweep artificial turf and clean up spectator areas after sporting events.

Winter 
Rotary brooms effectively move up to 2 in. (5 cm) of snow, which may eliminate the need for a snow thrower, depending on the geographic area.

47-in. (122-cm) Rotary Tiller
647 Rotary Tiller 647 Rotary Tiller

The 647 Rotary Tiller is 47-in. (122-cm) wide and ideal for preparing seedbeds, controlling weeds, and other tillage jobs for homeowners, golf courses, hospitals, schools, and estates. It requires a tractor equipped with a Category 1, 3-point hitch and 540-rpm rear power take-off (PTO).

Weather enclosure and hard-side cab
Weather enclosure Weather enclosure
Hard-side cab Hard-side cab

The roomy steel-frame weather enclosure shields the operator against snow, rain, sun, and wind.

This hard-side cab is rollover protection structure (ROPS) certified for extra protection:

  • An electric front windshield wiper is included.
  • Optional attachments for the hard-side cab include a heater, heater disconnect kit, inside and outside mirrors, rear window wiper, strobe light, work lights, switch panel fuse block kit, and optional tractor alternators to provide extra capacity to operate the cab accessories.

Instruments and controls are easy to find and use

Instrumentation and controls (switch turned off) Instrumentation and controls (switch turned off)
Gauges and indicator lights (switch turned on to illustrate functions) Gauges and indicator lights (switch turned on to illustrate functions)

The contoured dash has clean, attractive styling and ergonomic controls for easy use:

  • Controls are color coded for easy identification by the operator.
  • Controls are logically placed and easy to reach.
  • The power take-off (PTO) switch allows the operator to get fingers underneath it, like a T-handle, to pull up for easy activation.
  • The reverse implement option (RIO) switch is an easy-to-see and easy-to-use yellow button.
  • Cruise control activation is handled by an automotive-style button.
  • Functional design of the throttle control provides good appearance and a comfortable feel.
Display panel illustration with descriptions Display panel illustration with descriptions

The instrument display has the look and feel of a modern automobile. A power-up sequence cycles lights and gauges to indicate they are working:

  • Display features dark-cockpit design to minimize operator distractions.
  • Display is back lit for night visibility.
    • Night visibility is especially useful with snow blower use.
  • Hour meter makes it easy to tell when oil changes and other maintenance should be performed.
  • Electronic fuel gauge provides real-time fuel level information.
  • A tachometer graphically displays engine speed.
    • Target-zone graphics inform the operator of the engine speed range to use for best cut quality.
  • An indicator tells the operator when the PTO is operating.
  • Bright caution and stop lights capture the operator's attention when important information is on the instrument cluster.
    • Damage can be prevented and repair costs reduced by addressing problems early.
  • Operators are advised of what the problem is if they attempt to operate the mower with unsatisfied PTO, seat, or park brake interlocks.
    • The indicators are also useful to identify the reasons the PTO or engine may have shut off when an interlock is unsatisfied.
  • Operators are advised if battery voltage is low, normal, or excessive.
  • The service indicator light illuminates to indicate a diagnostic error code is stored.
    • On-board diagnostics provides trouble codes for use by trained technicians.
      • For example, a technician will be able to test switch functionality and circuit continuity without tools.
Twin Touch™ foot control is easy to use and has cruise control
Twin Touch foot control Twin Touch foot control
Cruise control Cruise control

Twin Touch foot pedals control the speed and direction of travel:

  • Automotive-type accelerator control for easy operation
  • Twin Touch design that allows operator to change direction without lifting foot off platform
  • Large pedal surface for increased operator comfort

When the master brake pedal is depressed, the PTO and cruise control disengage.

Cruise control is standard equipment:

  • To engage, push in on the cruise lever and hold until the foot is removed from the forward pedal.
  • For emergency stop, the cruise control can be released by pushing on the master brake pedal or pushing down on the forward pedal.
Differential lock
Differential lock control Differential lock control

A foot-operated differential lock supplies positive power to both rear drive wheels for increased traction:

  • Differential lock button is conveniently located on the left footrest for easy engagement.
Hydraulic power steering gives effortless control
X734 Tractor trimming around a tree X734 Tractor trimming around a tree
Power steering control valve Power steering control valve

Power steering is standard equipment. It provides effortless, automotive-like control:

  • Reduced operator fatigue
  • Better maneuverability
  • Increased productivity

 

Two-wheel steer (X730, X750)

Four-wheel steer (X734, X754)

Full-time four- wheel drive (X738, X758)

Full-time four-wheel drive with four- wheel steer (X739)

 

Turning radius

25 in. (63.5

cm)

21 in. (53.3

cm)

25 in. (63.5 cm)

 21 in. (53.3 cm)

Uncut circle radius (60- in. (152-cm) mower deck)

28 in. (71.1

cm)

6 in. (15.2

cm)

28 in. (71.1 cm)

6 in. (15.2 cm)

Turns lock-to-lock left

2.4

2.5

2.3

2.2

Turns lock-to-lock right

2.4

2.5

3.1

2.8

Parking brake control
Controls shaped and located for easy use Controls shaped and located for easy use
Park brake control and brake pedal Park brake control and brake pedal

The parking brake control is conveniently located below the key switch on the steering pedestal:

  • Holds the brake pedal securely in the locked position

Depressing the brake pedal disengages the PTO and cruise control:

  • Allows the engine to be started 
  • Applies wet-disk brakes (internal in transmission) for use as a parking brake
Mower deck height-of-cut control
Mower deck height-of-cut control Mower deck height-of-cut control
Exact Adjust ports Exact Adjust ports

The depth stop allows setting the mower height from the operator's seat:

  • Locks the mower in fully raised position so 3-point hitch equipment can be raised or lowered independently of the mower
  • Returns mower deck to the same preset height each time it is lowered
  • Provides a mower cut-height range from 1 in. to 5.25 in. (2.5 cm to 13.3 cm) 
  • Informs the operator of the approximate mower cut-height through an indicator

Exact Adjust ports on either side of the fender deck allow access to the rear mower deck height adjusting links:

  • Allow mower deck to be easily leveled side-to-side
  • Leveling can be done from above the fender deck by using the Exact Adjust tool
Exact Adjust
Exact Adjust tool and mower leveling gauge Exact Adjust tool and mower leveling gauge

Exact Adjust tool and mower deck leveling gauge are stored in the toolbox to provide a convenient means of checking and adjusting the deck level:

  • Used in conjunction with Exact Adjust ports for easy and accurate leveling of the mower deck for optimum mowing performance
Deck-leveling gauge placed under deck Deck-leveling gauge placed under deck
Using included ball-hex tool to level mower deck Using included ball-hex tool to level mower deck

Consult the operator's manual for the correct adjusting procedure. Basic adjusting steps to properly level the mower deck include:

  • Park the tractor on a level surface.
  • Inflate tires to the correct pressure.
  • Consult the label for the cutting-height knob that is located on the console of the machine. This label shows deck-leveling position and location of deck-leveling adjustment points.
  • Set mower cutting-height knob to the correct deck-leveling position.
  • Adjust mower wheels as necessary so they do not contact the ground surface.
  • Remove the onboard deck-leveling gauge and Exact Adjust tool that are located in the tractor toolbox.
  • Using the Exact Adjust ports and tool, adjust mower deck side-to-side level so the deck-leveling gauge just slips under the left and right lower deck rim. The location of adjustment points will vary slightly between decks.
    • Left- and right-rear adjustment points are under the deck rim near the rear mower wheels.
  • Adjust mower deck front-to-back level, if necessary.
    • Loosen rear nuts equally on each side of front lift rod.
    • Turn front nut equally on each side clockwise to raise front of mower or counterclockwise to lower it until gauge just slips under the front adjustment point.
      • Front adjustment point varies by mower deck
    • Tighten rear nuts after adjustment is complete.
  • Return the gauge and tool to their storage position in the toolbox.

NOTE: The adjusting tool supplied with the tractor is an 8-mm ball-hex key. The rounded end allows for some misalignment with the bolt as the deck is adjusted.

Two-function hydraulics give effortless control of equipment
Dual hydraulic control levers Dual hydraulic control levers

A two-function hydraulic control system is standard equipment.

The hydraulic system allows effortless equipment control:

  • Raising and lowering
  • Angling and spout rotation
  • Control levers
    • Levers are positioned on the steering pedestal for quick, easy, and precise fingertip control of equipment.
    • Lower lever has a float position, allowing front-mounted equipment such as a blade, snow blower, or rotary broom to follow the contour of the ground.
Hydraulic outlets Hydraulic outlets

Four hydraulic couplers with color-coded covers are available for quick, easy connections.

Modern styling has a functional design

Functional and attractive design includes alloy wheels Functional and attractive design includes alloy wheels
Styled hood and seat Styled hood and seat

John Deere Signature Series are the very best mowing tractors available and can also handle a wide range of other yard care chores, such as snow removal, lawn cleanup, and landscaping work. These heavy-duty tractors include models with two-wheel drive (2WD) and four-wheel drive (4WD), two- and four-wheel steering, and even a model with full-time 4WD and four-wheel steering.

Standard equipment styled alloy wheels and John Deere brand embroidery:

  • Standard equipment styled alloy wheels give X700 Series Tractors a fresh, upscale appearance that goes well with their high-quality standards and superior performance.
  • John Deere brand embroidery has been added to the standard equipment 21-in. (53-cm) two-piece adjustable seat to make it look as good as it feels.

The open platform is roomy and uncluttered:

  • Makes getting on and off the tractor easy
  • Provides ample legroom with built-in heel pockets for comfortable operation

The single-piece hood completely encloses the engine:

  • Improves appearance
  • Provides quieter operation
  • Easy to remove for service accessibility
  • Painted hood 
    • More scratch and scuff resistant than molded-in color
    • Deep scratches repairable with paint
Important advantages for superior mowing performance and equipment versatility
X730 Tractor mowing X730 Tractor mowing
X754 Tractor mowing X754 Tractor mowing

Available mower decks include a 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ Mower Deck or 54-in. (137-cm) or 60-in. (152-cm) Edge™ High-Capacity Mower Deck. All mowers have premium design features to give a clean, level cut and excellent performance, whether side discharging, mulching, or collecting lawn material.

X700 Signature Series Tractors offer these important performance advantages:

  • Heavy-duty robotically welded frame for the strength to operate a wide variety of equipment
  • Plenty of engine horsepower and torque to operate larger equipment
  • Electronic fuel injection (X730, X734, X738, X739)
    • Fast and sure starts
    • Better fuel economy than carbureted engines
    • Reduced emissions
  • Diesel models (X750, X754, X758)
    • Increased durability
    • Improved fuel economy
    • U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Final Tier 4 compliant
  • Easy-to-operate Twin Touch™ foot-controlled hydrostatic transmission
  • Power steering for quick, precise control
  • Four-wheel drive for optimum traction in any use and ground condition (X738 and X758)
  • Four-wheel steering for unsurpassed trimming ability (X734 and X754)
  • Full-time four-wheel drive and four-wheel steering for unsurpassed traction, maneuverability, and trimming ability (X739)
  • Differential lock for increased traction control
  • Hydraulic power take-off (PTO) clutch with soft, modulated engagement
  • Shaft-driven equipment versus a belt drive
  • Shaft-driven transmission versus a belt drive
  • Automotive-type dash instrument cluster with gauges and indicator lights
  • Two-spool hydraulic control valve with outlets
  • From-the-seat adjustable mower depth stop with gauge
  • Exact Adjust mower-leveling feature with onboard gauge and adjusting tool
  • Automotive-type headlights and taillights
  • Optional 540-rpm rear PTO
  • Optional limited Category 1 3-point hitch for rear-mounted equipment
Frame is full-length welded steel for strength
Full-length welded steel frame Full-length welded steel frame

The full-length, welded C-channel steel frame provides plenty of strength to handle heavy equipment:

  • Frame side rails are formed from 7-gauge, 0.18-in. (4.6-mm) steel for extra strength.
  • The front bumper/weight bracket is formed from heavy, 0.375-in. (9.5-mm) steel.

The frame is robotically metal inert gas (MIG) welded:

  • Consistent welds for maximum strength
  • No bolts to come loose

A front Quik-Tatch weight bracket is designed into the frame:

  • Provides a convenient way to add up to 168 lb (76 kg) of weight to the front of the tractor using four suitcase weights
  • Extends ahead of the hood to act as a bumper
Front receiver hitch Front receiver hitch
Optional drawbar/ball mount and hitch ball shown Optional drawbar/ball mount and hitch ball shown

A front receiver hitch is designed into the frame:

  • Optional drawbar/ball mount and hitch balls are available.
  • Excellent for positioning trailers, boats, etc., in tight quarters.

An optional rear receiver hitch is available.

Front axle and wheel spindles are heavy duty
Heavy-duty cast-iron front axle (2WD shown) Heavy-duty cast-iron front axle (2WD shown)
Heavy-duty cast front axle (4WD shown) Heavy-duty cast front axle (4WD shown)

The front axles are made of strong, shock-resistant cast iron:

  • Will not bend or deform, as is possible with steel-fabricated axles
  • Replaceable bushings are used at the center axle pivot and spindles
    • Provide excellent wear resistance
    • Easy service and maintenance with grease fittings
1-in. (2.5-cm) diameter front-wheel spindle (2WD) 1-in. (2.5-cm) diameter front-wheel spindle (2WD)
Cast-iron front spindle/wheel motor (4WD) Cast-iron front spindle/wheel motor (4WD)

The 2WD tractors use large, 1-in. (2.5-cm) diameter wheel spindles for durability:

  • Have the strength to handle heavy front implements
  • Provide long life at bearing surfaces
  • Use sealed precision bearings in the front wheels for long life

The 4WD tractors use heavy-duty cast and machined front spindle and wheel motor assemblies for durability and long life.

 

Thoughtful designs promote safe operation and convenient service

Using reverse implement option (RIO)
Power take-off (PTO)/RIO switch (yellow switch) Power take-off (PTO)/RIO switch (yellow switch)
Left-hand RIO switch (yellow button) Left-hand RIO switch (yellow button)

CAUTION: Children or bystanders may be injured by rotating blades. Before traveling forward or rearward:

  • Carefully check the area around the machine.
  • Disengage the mower before backing up.

NOTE: Backing up while the mower is engaged is strongly discouraged. RIO should be used only when operating another attachment or when the operator deems it necessary to reposition the machine with the mower engaged.

      1. Stop forward travel.
      2. Look behind the machine to be sure there are no bystanders.
      3. Push and hold in the RIO switch while depressing the reverse pedal slightly
        NOTE: If the mower or other attachment stops while repositioning the machine, return the attachment engagement switch to the off position. Start the engine and engage mower or other attachment. Begin again with step 2.
      4. Release the RIO switch and reposition the machine as the machine begins to move rearward.
      5. Resume forward travel. The mower or other attachment should continue operating.
      6. Repeat procedure to position the machine again.

NOTE: For tractors equipped with an optional front PTO kit installed, the front implements will rotate while backing up without engaging RIO.

Interlock switches

The hydrostatic transmission foot pedals must be in neutral, with brake depressed, PTO disengaged, and the ignition key used, before the tractor will start.

Once the tractor is running, the engine automatically shuts off if the operator leaves the seat with the PTO engaged, brake pedal unlocked, or hydrostatic foot controls out of the neutral position.

Serviceability is convenient with easy-open hood
One-piece hood is easy to open and remove One-piece hood is easy to open and remove
Service interval decal located under hood Service interval decal located under hood

The one-piece hood opens easily to permit checking and servicing the engine:

  • A service-interval decal is provided inside the tractor hood for convenience when servicing the tractor.
Hood pivot and wiring connector Hood pivot and wiring connector
Hood removed for service Hood removed for service

If necessary to do more extensive service, the hood can easily be completely removed without tools:

  • Wiring connector allows headlight wiring to be easily disconnected.
  • Hood can be raised off pivots and easily removed without use of any tools.
Radiator screen pulls out for easy cleaning Radiator screen pulls out for easy cleaning
Deck-leveling gauge and tool stored in tractor toolbox Deck-leveling gauge and tool stored in tractor toolbox

A screen keeps material from building up on the radiator and can be easily removed for cleaning.

A convenient deck-leveling gauge and Exact Adjust tool are provided:

  • Exact Adjust tool and mower deck leveling gauge are stored in the toolbox to provide a convenient means of checking and adjusting the deck level.
    • Used in conjunction with Exact Adjust ports for easy and accurate leveling of the mower deck for optimum mowing performance
Quick response (QR) codes link to owner information web pages
Example product identification number (PIN) label with QR code Example product identification number (PIN) label with QR code

John Deere riding lawn mowers are supported by owner information web pages that include links to:

  • Safety and how-to videos
  • Operator’s manuals
  • Parts catalog
  • Maintenance reminder sheets
  • Attachments
  • Warranty statements

To speed access to owner information web pages, a QR code is printed onto a PIN label located on the trim side of the frame near the front tire. Since each vehicle model has its own web page, the links are specific to the owner’s model. The QR code also includes the vehicle’s unique PIN which allows for additional customization of the owner information web page in the future.

MulchControl™ system provides superior mulching performance and rapid conversion

X730 Tractor mowing X730 Tractor mowing
MulchControl handle (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] Mower Deck) MulchControl handle (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] Mower Deck)

The optional MulchControl system makes mulching more practical for many mowing situations because it not only does an excellent job of mulching, but it also allows the mower to be easily converted for times when it is more desirable to side discharge or collect the lawn material. Advantages of mulching grass clippings include:

  • Creates a beautiful looking lawn
  • Smaller grass clippings disappear into the lawn canopy
  • Reduces fertilizer needs
  • Grass clippings are not blown onto the operator, driveways, or flower beds
  • No need to dispose of bags of clippings
How MulchControl works
MulchControl baffle open (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] High-Capacity Mower Deck) MulchControl baffle open (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] High-Capacity Mower Deck)
MulchControl baffle closed (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] High-Capacity Mower Deck) MulchControl baffle closed (shown on 60-in. [152-cm] High-Capacity Mower Deck)

MulchControl is an innovative, simple design that is easy to use and maintain:

  • The MulchControl system includes an adjustable MulchControl baffle near the discharge chute and fixed baffles to control the flow of material under the deck.
  • The MulchControl handle, or a hydraulic actuator, is on top of the mower deck and is used to open and close the MulchControl baffle.
  • When the MulchControl baffle is open, most of the material flows freely out the discharge deflector or into a material collection system.
  • When the MulchControl baffle is closed, material stays within the deck and gets chopped into mulch and deposited in the turf.

MulchControl is well-suited to the following mowing situations:

  • For operators who usually mulch, but side discharge when grass gets too long
  • For operators who usually side discharge, but would like to close the chute to control clippings in some areas
  • For operators who always mulch a main lawn, but often side discharge secondary lawns
  • For operators who collect clippings but want to go farther before emptying the material collection system

MulchControl puts the operator in control of the clippings.

Hydraulic MulchControl actuator option (model year 2019 and newer 54 HC and 60 HC Mowers Decks only)

An optional hydraulic MulchControl actuator is available to shift the MulchControl baffle using the tractor’s hydraulic control lever. Operators can convert between modes without interrupting the mowing process, making it possible to change between modes:

  • When approaching driveways or flowerbeds where clippings would be undesirable
  • When a breeze blows clippings back onto the operator
  • For side discharge mowing only the areas of the property where grass is too thick for mulching
  • For collecting only the areas of the property where grass is too tall or thick for mulching
MulchControl limitations

While in the side-discharge mode, MulchControl still mulches about one third of the material. Therefore, the side-discharge mode is essentially a partial-mulch mode. This can be an advantage when side discharging or bagging, as it helps to reduce the amount of material being discharged. Other times this could work as a disadvantage:

  • When cutting strong southern grasses, such as Zoysia and Bermuda
  • When cutting in wet, high-growth conditions, such as those found in the Pacific Northwest United States
  • When optimum bagging and lawn cleanup is desired

The MulchControl baffle can be opened or closed with the Power Flow™ blower installed. The Power Flow blower runs without material when the baffle is closed.

MulchControl compatibility

Each MulchControl system is an optional field-installed attachment and includes everything needed for handle actuation: baffles, handle, and mulch blades. If desired the optional hydraulic actuator needs to be ordered separately.

MulchControl is compatible with model year 2013 and newer X700 Signature Series Tractors (serial number 10,001-) with one of the following mower decks:

  • 9077M 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep Mower Deck
  • Model year 2015 to 2018 9074M 54-in. (137-cm) or 9075M 60-in. (152-cm) High Capacity Mower Deck (serial number 030,001-070,000)
  • Model year 2019 and newer 9078M 54-in. (137-cm) or 9079M 60-in. (152-cm) High Capacity Mower Deck (serial number 070,001-)

Optional hydraulic MulchControl actuator (BUC10536) is available for model year 2019 and newer 9078M 54-in. (137-cm) or 9079M 60-in. (152-cm) High Capacity Mower Deck (serial number 070,001-). Mower must be equipped with a basic MulchControl attachment:

  • Hydraulic MulchControl is not available for the 9077M 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep Mower Deck.
Order:

BUC10705 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep MulchControl

BM26300 54-in. (137-cm) High Capacity MulchControl

BM25258 60-in. (152-cm) High Capacity MulchControl

BUC10536 Hydraulic MulchControl actuator

Power Flow™ material collection systems make lawn cleanup easy

Power Flow blower and chute Power Flow blower and chute
7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper 7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper
14-bu (500-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper 14-bu (500-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper
19-bu (670-L) MC519 Power Flow cart 19-bu (670-L) MC519 Power Flow cart

The 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ (48A) Mower Deck, 48-in. (122-cm) Edge™ Xtra Mower,* and 54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Edge High Capacity (HC) Mowers use a high-performance Power Flow blower to collect material into a variety of material collection systems:

Features are as follows:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • Blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The Power Flow blower works well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Each of the John Deere material collection systems has durable construction for long life in homeowner or commercial applications.

*NOTE: The three-bag, 14-bu (493-L) Power Flow is not compatible with a X729, X739, or X749 Tractor equipped with a 48X Mower Deck because the chute can contact the rear tire in a turn. However, it is compatible with the 48 Accel Deep (48A) Mower because the increased deck height and the height of its Power Flow blower housing lift the chute high enough to clear the wheel and fender with the three-bag hopper installed.

48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ Mower Deck cuts clean and is versatile

X730 Tractor with 48A Mower Deck X730 Tractor with 48A Mower Deck
48A Mower Deck 48A Mower Deck

The 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep Mower Deck is a stamped-steel, deep, flat-top design that delivers excellent cut quality, productivity, cleanliness, durability, and versatility. Optimal performance and dispersion of clippings is provided, even at faster mowing speeds or in tall grass:

  • 4.83-in. (12.3-cm) depth throughout the entire deck shell for optimum mowing, mulching, and bagging performance
    • Optional MulchControl™ system provides superior mulching performance and versatility.
  • Stamped-steel design eliminates sharp edges and corners where material can build up and diminish mowing performance
  • Mower deck is suspended from the vehicle for a smooth and level cut
    • Adjustable mower wheels, positioned just above ground level, help reduce scalping
  • 0.25-in. (6.4-mm) cut-height increments allow the mower to be set at the desired cut height
  • Compatible with high-performance Power Flow™ material collection systems
  • For use on X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758

NOTE: The 9077M 48A Mower Deck requires a standard connect or auto connect attachment (similar to 54 HC and 60 HC Mower Decks). Unlike the 54 HC and 60 HC, the shaft drive 48A Mower Deck is not a drive-over deck. Operators can rotate the mower wheels 90 degrees and roll the 48A Mower Deck under an X700 Signature Series Tractor and utilize the auto connect to connect the power take-off (PTO) shaft.

Excellent cut quality
48A Mower Deck top 48A Mower Deck top
48A Mower Deck underside 48A Mower Deck underside

Deep mower-deck stamping gives excellent cut quality. It allows the cut and suspended material room to exit the deck without getting recut:

  • Reducing the amount of recutting enables more power to be used to cut incoming grass, which greatly improves mower capacity.
    • Helps maintain excellent cut quality at faster mowing speeds
  • Clean flow of material out of discharge area prevents cut material from interfering with cutting the incoming grass, making it possible for the blades to cut incoming material cleanly.
  • Even in mulching mode, cut evenness is improved compared to other designs because the additional depth allows for continuous circulation, optimal recutting, and an even distribution of clippings.
  • Exact Adjust deck-leveling system allows for easy and accurate leveling of the mower deck
Productivity - getting the job done fast
Right side of Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X380 Tractor) Right side of Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X380 Tractor)

Deep mower-deck stamping gives high productivity, which gets the job done fast. It allows the cut and suspended material room to exit the deck quickly, reducing the amount of recutting so more power is available to process incoming grass:

  • Greatly improves mowers capacity to maintain excellent mowing performance in difficult mowing conditions and at higher speeds

Large discharge opening is both high and wide to handle more material:

  • Gives a smooth, even discharge of clippings at all mowing speeds
  • Reduces the chance of plugging, especially important when operating in wet, thick, or dense grass and when bagging
  • The 48A Power Flow blower has an inlet housing with over 50 percent greater area than the 48X Power Flow blower used on previous machines.
Cleanliness - for the mower and the operator
Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X380 Tractor) Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X380 Tractor)
Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X300 Series Tractor) Accel Deep 48A Mower Deck (shown on X300 Series Tractor)

The flat-top shape of the deck stamping is optimal for keeping itself and the operator clean:

  • There are few places to catch and hold material on top and underneath the deck.
    • Top of deck stays cleaner, reducing time and effort needed for cleaning and service
    • Underside of deck is self-cleaning to maintain optimum performance without buildup of material to interfere with the flow of air and clippings
    • Less need to clean and remove buildup of material from the underside of the deck
  • The depth of the Accel Deep mower deck minimizes the amount of material that escapes from the front of the deck.
    • Limited amount of material drifts onto the operator and mower deck.
    • Even for material discharged out the chute, less recutting results in larger pieces that are less likely to end up on the operator.
    • Mulching prevents the discharge of material completely and MulchControl makes mulching a practical solution for most mowing situations.

Cleaning a mower deck, both top and bottom, is one of the most frequent maintenance activities:

  • The flat-top design reduces places for material to build up and makes material that does collect easy to remove.
Mower wash port Mower wash port
Mower wash port with hose connector Mower wash port with hose connector

A wash port is provided to make cleaning the underside of the mower deck easy.

  • Hose connector is included with the mower deck.
Superior durability is designed in
Spindle pocket with flip-up cover Spindle pocket with flip-up cover
Easy-to-adjust mower wheel and mower side reinforcement Easy-to-adjust mower wheel and mower side reinforcement

The 48A Mower Deck has strong spindle pockets to keep the blades aligned, even after years of tough service:

  • Stamped from strong 10-gauge, 0.135-in. (3.4-mm) steel
  • Ribs in the deck shell add strength where it is needed.
  • The 48A has a 23 percent heavier overall weight than the Edge™ Xtra 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck used on previous machines.

Mower wheels are heavy duty:

  • Provides greater strength and durability for longer, trouble-free life.
  • Setting wheels to the correct height for the cutting height is quick and easy.

The 48A Mower Deck features a 5/8-in. (16-mm) diameter solid-steel rod side bumper that provides extra strength and protection.

Dual-stage E-coat and powder-paint coatings provide extra protection from rust.

Versatility - easy to change between side discharge, mulch, and bagging modes

The 48A Mower Deck is designed for maximum versatility, providing the greatest ease in changing from one mower discharge mode to another:

  • With the optional MulchControl system installed (along with the special mulching blades), changing from side discharge to mulching or vice versa is done with the simple flip of a lever.
    • It is not necessary to change blades when changing discharge modes because the mulching blades are designed for side discharge as well.
  • The Power Flow rear bagger can be used with MulchControl by simply placing the MulchControl lever in the side-discharge position.
Power Flow material collection systems
Optional 7-bu (247-L) two-bag Power Flow rear bagger shown Optional 7-bu (247-L) two-bag Power Flow rear bagger shown
Power Flow blower (shown on X300 Series Tractor) Power Flow blower (shown on X300 Series Tractor)

A variety of material collection systems is available for use with the Power Flow blower:

  • 7-bu (247-L) two-bag Power Flow rear bagger
  • 14-bu (493-L) three-bag Power Flow rear bagger
  • 19-bu (670-L) MC519 Cart

The Power Flow blower and chute are easy to install. The Power Flow blower swings out for easy cleanout and cleanup.

Mower blades

Side-discharge blades can be used with the Power Flow system when bagging.

Mulching blades are included with the optional MulchControl system. They can be used for mulching, side discharging, and bagging.

 

Mower blade use chart

Mode(s) of operation

Mower blade

Side discharging mode only 

Side-discharge blade (shipped with mower) 

Mulching mode only

Mulching blade (shipped with MulchControl)

Side discharge and mulching

Mulching blade (shipped with MulchControl)

Bagging

Either side-discharge or mulching blade

Help maintain your mower and lawn with the MowerPlus™ app and connector

MowerPlus home screen MowerPlus home screen
MowerPlus maintenance screen MowerPlus maintenance screen
Overview

Keep a mower running its best and know how it mows with the John Deere MowerPlus app. Simply scan the mower’s barcode to get custom information about the mower.

Benefits
  • Engine hours, fuel level, and battery health (as compatible)
  • Mowing history with time, distance, area, and speed
  • Current day and five-day weather forecast based on location
  • Walk-through setup guides
  • Expert mowing tips
  • Useful attachments for future purchase
  • Periodic maintenance reminders
  • Safety instructions

 

To download the free MowerPlus app, visit the Apple® App Store® or Google Play™ store.

MowerPlus Hour Meter Connector MowerPlus Hour Meter Connector
MowerPlus Deluxe Smart Connector, with a phone MowerPlus Deluxe Smart Connector, with a phone

Three MowerPlus connectors are available to transmit vehicle information to the MowerPlus app.

 

BUC10510 MowerPlus Hour Meter Connector is for use with:

  • Model year 2003 to 2020 100 Series Tractors, including all models with an E, D, LA, or L prefix
  • Model year 2015 to 2020 S240 Tractors (serial number -880,000)
  • S100, S110, S140, and S220 Tractors

 

BUC10929 MowerPlus Deluxe Smart Connector is for use with:

  • All S120, S130, S160, S170, and S180 Tractors
  • Model year 2021 and newer S240 Tractors (serial number 880,001-)
  • Model year 2021 and newer Z515E, Z530M, Z530R, and Z545R (serial number 010,001-)

 

BUC10537 MowerPlus Smart Connector is for use with:

  • Model year 2016 and newer Select Series X300 and X500 Tractors

 

All the MowerPlus connectors transmit engine hour information to the app, making it easy to track maintenance intervals. The MowerPlus Smart Connector and MowerPlus Deluxe Smart Connector also transmit the fuel level.

 

MowerPlus connectors require the MowerPlus app on a mobile device to use. The John Deere MowerPlus app and operating system requirements can be found in the mobile device’s app store. The MowerPlus app is only available in the English language, and it is not available in all countries. BUC10510 MowerPlus Hour Meter Connector requires iOS® version 10 or higher and is not compatible with Android™ operating systems.

 

Apple and App Store are trademarks of Apple, Inc. Google Play and Android are trademarks of Google LLC. iOS is a trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc. used under license by Apple Inc.

Additional details

MowerPlus connectors (sold separately)

Specifications


Key Specs x738-lawn-tractor
Current Model
Engine power25.5 hp
19 kW
Engine manufacturer/modelFD750D EFI
Transaxle typeK90 hydrostatic integrated with transaxle
Transaxle controlTwin Touch™ pedals
Rear tires26x12-12 HDAP
Lift system typeTwo-function hydraulic
Cutting widthAccel Deep™ mower deck, 48 in.
122 cm
High capacity mower deck, 54, 60 in.
137, 152 cm
U.S. warranty4 year/700 hour bumper-to-bumper** (**Term limited to years or hours used, whichever comes first, and varies by model. See the LIMITED WARRANTY FOR NEW JOHN DEERE TURF AND UTILITY EQUIPMENT at JohnDeere.com or JohnDeere.ca/TUWarranty for details.)
Engine
Power25.5 hp
19 kW
Displacement45.5 cu in.
745 cc
Manufacturer/modelFD750D EFI
TypeElectronic fuel injection (EFI), overhead valve, full-pressure lube, oil filter
CylindersV-twin, cast-iron liners
GovernorMechanical
Choke/speed controlNo choke required
Cooling methodLiquid
Air cleanerDry, replaceable with foam precleaner
Oil changeNo tools
Fuel system
TypeGasoline
Fuel deliveryElectronic fuel injection
Fuel gaugeGauge on dash
Fuel tank locationRear
Fuel fill openingOn left fender, 3 in.
7.6 cm
Fuel tank capacity5.2 U.S. gal.
19.7 L
Electrical system
Battery12 V
300 CCA
Charging systemFlywheel alternator, regulated, 20 amp
Engine starterSolenoid shift
HourmeterYes
HeadlightsTwo standard, halogen, 37 W
Taillights or reflectorTaillights
Backup lightsYes
Rear work lightsYes
12-V outletYes
Transaxle
TypeK90 hydrostatic integrated with transaxle
ControlTwin Touch™ pedals
Cruise controlYes
Oil coolerYes
Oil filterReplaceable suction side 10 micron
Differential lockStandard
Forward speed0-8.5 mph
0-13.7 km/h
Reverse speed0-6 mph
0-9.7 km/h
BrakesInternal wet disc
Chassis
FrameWelded heavy-duty
Primer/paintE-coat/powder
Weight bracketStandard front - holds up to four Quik-Tatch weights, 42 lb
19 kg
Receiver hitchYes, front
Front axleJDM BA8 nodular iron casting
Front tires18x8.5-10 HDAP
Rear tires26x12-12 HDAP
Hood materialNoryl GTX902, painted
Fender deck materialRIM with in-mold paint
Floor matsSure-grip rubber
StorageCovered toolbox
Service interval decalYes
Fender handles/gripsHandles
Cup holderYes
Equipment mountingOptional category 1 3-point hitch
Steering
TypeHydraulic power
Four-wheel steerNot available on this model
Steering wheel14 in.
35.6 cm
Tilt steering wheelStandard, six position
Turning radius25 in.
63.5 cm
Uncut circle radius54 HC, 32 in.
63.5 cm
60 HC Mower, 28 in.
71.1 cm
Seat
TypeTwo-piece adjustable seat with brand embroidery
Seat back height21 in.
53.3 cm
ArmrestsOptional
Fore-aft adjustmentWhile seated, slide rail, 14-position, 7 in.
17.8 cm
Seat suspensionSix-position parallel arm
Lift system
TypeTwo-function hydraulic
Hydraulic outletsFour, standard
Mower cut height1-5.25 in.
2.5-13.3 cm
Cut height increments0.25 in.
0.64 cm
Preset cut heightYes
Mower deck
TypeSide discharge
Cutting widthAccel Deep™ mower deck, 48 in.
122 cm
High capacity mower deck, 54, 60 in.
137, 152 cm
ConstructionStamped steel deck shell
Mower deck material48A, 10 gauge
0.135 in.
3.4 mm
54 HC and 60 HC, 9 gauge
0.15 in.
3.8 mm
Mower wash portYes
Mower drive systemHydraulic clutch, shaft
Mower wheelsFour
Mower wheel adjustmentSpring-loaded pin
Mower level adjustmentExact Adjust ports and onboard deck-leveling gauge
Mower attachability
TypeRoll under tractor (48A)
Drive-over deck (54, 60 HC)
Front draft armsOvercenter
Rear draft armsV-align
Mower wheels rotateYes, 90 degrees for easy mower removal (48X), N/A (54 HC, 60 HC)
Drive systemShaft or AutoConnect
Safety
Meets ANSI standardYes
Meets OPEI standardYes
Backup protectionReverse Implement Option (RIO)
Safety videoYes
Buyer's notes
NotesStyled alloy wheels are standard equipment
One-piece hood for easy engine access
Hydraulic modulated PTO clutch for smooth mower and implement engagement
Warranty4 year/700 hour bumper-to-bumper** (**Term limited to years or hours used, whichever comes first, and varies by model. See the LIMITED WARRANTY FOR NEW JOHN DEERE TURF AND UTILITY EQUIPMENT at JohnDeere.com or JohnDeere.ca/TUWarranty for details.)
Optional equipment
Mowers48A, 54 HC, 60 HC
Rear bagger7, 14, 19 bu
250, 500, 670 L
Powered material collectionPower Flow, 7, 14, 19 bu
250, 500, 670 L
Mulching systemYes, MulchControl™
Front thatcher38, 46, 54 in.
96.5, 116.8, 137.2 cm
Front blade54 in.
137.2 cm
Snow blowerTwo-stage, 47, 54 in.
119.4, 137.2 cm
Rotary broom52, 60 in.
132.1, 152.4 cm
Rotary tiller42, 48 in.
106.7, 121.9 cm
3-point hitchCategory 1
Rear power take-off (PTO)540 rpm
Plow, moldboardAdjustable, 8-14 in.
20.3-35.6 cm
Box scraper48 in.
121.9 cm
CultivatorAdjustable, 30-46 in.
76.2-116.8 cm
Rear blade60 in.
152.4 cm
Disk harrowAdjustable, 42-52 in.
106.7-132.1 cm
Landscape rake60 in.
152.4 cm
SprayerTow-behind, 15, 25, 45 U.S. gal.
56.8, 96.4, 170.3 L
Mounted, 25 U.S. gal.
94.6 L
SpreaderTow-behind only, 125, 175 lb
57.7, 79.4 kg
Mounted, 125 lb
57.7 kg
Front bumperStandard bumper/weight bracket
Brush guardYes
Weather protectionHard-side cab, weather enclosure
Rear receiver hitch1.25 x 1.25 in.
3.18 x 3.18 cm
Bucket holderYes, double bucket
Grass stripingGrass groomer kit, 48-in. (122-cm) mower only
Tractor shovel54 in.
137.2 cm
Front loaderNot available
Tow-behind tools21
Dimensions
Height54.5 in.
138 cm
Overall length75 in.
190.5 cm
Wheelbase55.7 in.
141.5 cm
Width with mower48A, 62.5 in.
159 cm
54 HC, 64.5 in.
163.8 cm
60 HC, 74 in.
188 cm
Width with mower (deflector raised for storage)48A, 53.6 in.
136 cm
54 HC, 57.5 in.
146.1 cm
60 HC, 62 in.
157.5 cm
Width without mower47 in.
119.4 cm
WeightNo fuel or mower, 947 lb
430 kg

Accessories and Attachments

Ballast Box

Click-N-Go™ ballast box shownClick-N-Go™ ballast box shown
Discontinued - Category 0 ballast box shownDiscontinued - Category 0 ballast box shown

The ballast box is available as a field installed attachment to allow adding weight to the rear of a tractor for improved traction and stability when using the 45 Loader or a front-mounted implement.

 

Proper ballast ensures:

  • A durable tractor-loader combination by preventing overload conditions on drive components
  • Productivity is improved because power is being transferred to the ground correctly
  • Stability is maintained to ensure a safer operating unit
Click-N-Go™ ballast box shownClick-N-Go™ ballast box shown
Discontinued - Category 0 ballast box shownDiscontinued - Category 0 ballast box shown

The ballast box is available as a field installed attachment to allow adding weight to the rear of a tractor for improved traction and stability when using the 45 Loader or a front-mounted implement.

 

Proper ballast ensures:

  • A durable tractor-loader combination by preventing overload conditions on drive components
  • Productivity is improved because power is being transferred to the ground correctly
  • Stability is maintained to ensure a safer operating unit

Carts

7P Poly Utility Cart7P Poly Utility Cart
#

Every owner of a John riding lawn and garden product is a potential customer for a high-quality, affordable utility cart. Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials including firewood, lawn debris, sand, dirt, mulch, garden tools, plants, and bushes.

Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak™ or ZTrak™ mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck.

7P Poly Utility Cart7P Poly Utility Cart
  • The cart has a premium molded, high-density polyethylene box construction.
  • Compression molding process allows polyethyl­ene to be the optimum thickness in all areas for superior strength and durability.
  • Polyethylene body will not rust or dent; it stays looking new longer.
  • 0.75-in. (2-cm) x 2-in. (5-cm) stake pockets are molded in to make the addition of side extensions easy.
  • Two vertical 0.75-in. (2-cm) molded channels on each side allow easy use of dividers to separate the box into two or three compartments.
  • Ribs in the box bottom add strength and prevent the shovel from hitting bolts when emptying the cart.
  • Sloped tailgate design makes emptying the box easier; there is no tailgate to loosen or remove.
  • Styling is compatible with other John Deere equipment.
  • Pneumatic tires provide turf tread for good flotation, shock absorption, and minimal rolling resistance.
Wheels
7P Utility Cart wheel7P Utility Cart wheel
#

Wheels are mounted on a solid, one-piece axle for durability.
 
Iron and Oilite® wheel bearings with grease fittings provide lubrication for long life.

The pneumatic tires offer the following:

  • Good flotation
  • Minimal rolling resistance
  • Shock absorption
Sloped tailgate
Sloped tailgate for easy emptyingSloped tailgate for easy emptying

A sloped tailgate design makes emptying the box easier; there is no tailgate to loosen or remove.

Tractor hitch
Spring-pin tractor hitchSpring-pin tractor hitch

A large-diameter hitch pin provides plenty of strength:

  • Fast, easy attachment to the tractor hitch
  • Spring pin to ensure the pin stays in place
Tilt latch
Tilt latchTilt latch

An easy-to-use, spring-loaded dump latch allows tilting the box for easier unloading. A steep dump angle makes emptying the cart easier.

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

7P Poly Utility Cart
Order number: LP21935

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart, push mode8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart, push mode
8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart, tow-behind mode 8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart, tow-behind mode

The 8-cu-ft (0.23-m3), 300-lb (136-kg) capacity 8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart can be used to haul a variety of materials including lawn debris, sand, dirt, mulch, and plants. The unique convertible hitch allows changing the cart from tow-behind mode to push mode without tools.

Key features include:

  • Compatible with riding lawn tractors and garden tractors
  • Durable poly construction
  • All-terrain pneumatic tires
  • Converts from tow cart to push cart without tools
  • Large handle is provided for ease of use

Every owner of a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential customer for a high-quality, affordable utility cart. Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials including firewood, lawn debris, sand, dirt, mulch, garden tools, plants, and bushes. Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.
 
NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. 

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

8Y Convertible Poly Utility Cart
Order number: LP22755

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

10P Poly Utility Cart10P Poly Utility Cart

Every owner of a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential customer for a high-quality, affordable utility cart.


Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials:

  • Firewood
  • Lawn debris
  • Sand
  • Dirt
  • Mulch
  • Garden tools
  • Plants and bushes

The 10P Utility Cart is designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment:

  • Large 650-lb (295-kg) capacity
  • 10-cu ft (283-L), heavy-duty, 0.25-in. (6.4-mm) thick poly bed
  • Will not dent or rust
  • 15x6 tubeless pneumatic tires with turf tread for maximum traction
  • Easy, hands-free foot pedal dump release
  • Steep dump angle for complete emptying

 

A convenient foot pedal dump release kit, LP48017, which now comes standard on all 10P and 17P carts is available to retrofit existing poly carts. This kit allows the operator to use both hands to lift the cart bed for more natural and efficient unloading.

 

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear

Ordering information
Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

10P Poly Utility Cart
Order number: LPPCT10JD

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

13 Steel Utility Cart 13 Steel Utility Cart

Every owner of a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential customer for a high-quality, affordable utility cart. Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials, including firewood, lawn debris, dirt, sand, mulch, garden tools, plants, and bushes.

Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck.

Welded boxWelded box

Welded box construction provides maximum reliability:

  • Requires less setup time than the bolted construction.
  • Box sides and bottom are one piece and have rounded corners and no hardware for easy cleaning.
Wheels and tires

Wheels are mounted on a solid, one-piece axle for durability.

Iron/Oilite® wheel bearings with grease fittings provide lubrication for long life.

Pneumatic tires offer:

  • Good flotation
  • Minimal rolling resistance
  • Shock absorption

Turf-tread tires are used on the 13 Utility Cart.

Deluxe tailgateDeluxe tailgate

Deluxe tailgate is hinged for easy emptying and can also be quickly removed without the use of tools.

Easy hookup and tilt-dump latch
Spring-pin tractor hitchSpring-pin tractor hitch
Tilt-dump latchTilt-dump latch

A large-diameter hitch pin provides plenty of strength:

  • Fast, easy attachment to the tractor hitch
  • Spring pin to ensure the pin stays in place

The easy-to-use latch allows tilting the bed for easier unloading:

  • Steep dump angle makes emptying easier.
Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear

 

Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

13 Utility Cart
Order number: LPHDC13JD

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

16YS Swivel Cart16YS Swivel Cart

The 17-cu-ft (0.48-m³), 800-lb (363-kg) capacity or 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump 16YS Swivel Cart is unique in the lineup of John Deere carts in that it can be swiveled 120 degrees to either side for easier unloading. The operator can simply pull up next to where they want to dump the material and swivel the cart, eliminating the need to back up the cart.

 

Key features include:

  • Haul a variety of materials including lawn debris, sand, dirt, mulch, and plants
  • 800-lb (363-kg) capacity makes it durable enough for the heavy jobs
    • 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump
  • Convenient foot pedal release for easy dumping
  • Molded stake pockets for enlarging the bed size

NOTE: Do not exceed 350 lb (158 kg) weight capacity when using swivel feature to dump.

 

Every owner of a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential customer for a high-quality, affordable utility cart. Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials including firewood, lawn debris, sand, dirt, mulch, garden tools, plants, and bushes. Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.

 

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck.

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

16YS Swivel Cart

Order number: LP68186



Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision Incorporated.

17P Utility Cart17P Utility Cart

Every owner of a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential user of a high-quality, affordable utility cart.


Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials:

  • Firewood
  • Lawn debris
  • Sand
  • Dirt
  • Mulch
  • Garden tools
  • Plants and bushes

Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.

 

Key features of the 17P Utility Cart:

  • 1,000-lb (454-kg), 17-cu ft (0.48-m3) load capacity.
  • Cart has premium molded polypropylene box construction.
  • Polypropylene body will not rust or dent, staying new-looking longer.
  • 0.75- x 2-in. (19- x 51-mm) stake pockets are molded in to make addition of side extensions easy.
  • Two vertical 0.75-in. (19-mm) molded channels on each side allow for easy use of dividers to separate the box into two or three compartments.
  • Ribs in box bottom add strength and prevent a shovel from hitting bolts when emptying the cart.
  • Sloped tailgate design makes emptying the box easier; no tailgate to loosen or remove.
  • Styling is compatible with other John Deere equipment.
  • 16x6.5 pneumatic tires with turf tread give good flotation, shock absorption, and minimal rolling resistance.
  • Wheels are mounted on a solid one-piece axle.
  • Wheels turn on iron/Oilite® bushings with grease fitting for long life.
  • Spring-loaded dump latch is easy to use.

A convenient foot pedal dump release kit, LP48017, which now comes standard on all 10P and 17P carts is available to retrofit existing poly carts. This kit allows the operator to use both hands to lift the cart bed for more natural and efficient unloading.

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

17P Utility Cart
Order number: LPPCT17JD

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision Incorporated.

18 Utility Cart 18 Utility Cart

Everyone who owns a John Deere riding lawn and garden product is a potential user of a high-quality affordable utility cart.

Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials:

  • Firewood
  • Lawn debris
  • Sand
  • Dirt
  • Mulch
  • Garden tools
  • Plants and bushes

Utility carts are designed, painted, and decaled to be compatible with other John Deere equipment.

Durable box design
Bolt-together boxBolt-together box

Durable 18-gauge, 0.05-in. (1.2-mm) (10S) or 16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) (16S) steel components are bolted together.

 

Recessed bolts are used in the bottom of the box, so they will not interfere with emptying the cart.

Convenient emptying of box
TailgateTailgate

The deluxe tailgate is hinged for easy emptying and can also be quickly removed without the use of tools.

 

Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear

Ordering information
Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

18 Steel Utility Cart
Order number: LPHDC18JD

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

21 Utility Cart21 Utility Cart
#

The high-quality 21 Steel Utility Cart is a good match for X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors (HDGT’s), X700 Series Tractors, and Gator™ Utility Vehicles.
 
NOTE: The 21 Steel Utility Cart is not approved for use on tractors lighter than X Series HDGTs or X700 Series Tractors.

This utility trailer can be used to haul a variety of materials, including firewood, lawn debris, dirt, sand, mulch, garden tools, plants, and bushes:

  • 1,000-lb (454-kg), 21-cu ft (0.59-m3) capacity
  • Allows a utility vehicle operator to haul up to 800 lb (363 kg) more weight for greater productivity
  • Rated ground speed of 20 mph (32 km/h)

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck.

Heavy-duty box construction:

  • 16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
  • Exposed edges are rolled for strength and safety
  • Tailgate swings out or can be removed for easier dumping

Large, 10-in. (25.4-cm) wide tires:

  • Provide good flotation and minimal turf compaction
  • Wheels run on lubricated ball bearings
  • Bearings are double-sealed to keep out contaminants
Locking mechanismLocking mechanism

A 35-degree dump angle makes it easy to unload sand, dirt, etc.

Markets

Every owner of a John Deere X400- or X500-Series Heavy-Duty Garden Tractor, X700 Series Garden Tractor, or Gator Utility Vehicle is a potential user of a high-quality 21 Steel Utility Cart.

Utility carts can be used to haul a variety of materials:

  • Firewood
  • Lawn debris
  • Dirt
  • Sand
  • Mulch
  • Garden tools
  • Plants and bushes


Designed for heavy-duty use:

  • 1,000-lb (454-kg) capacity
  • 21-cu ft (0.6-m3) volume
  • Allows the Gator operator to haul up to 1200 lb (549 kg) for greater productivity
  • Rated ground speed of 20 mph (32 km/h)


Excellent stability:

  • Wide wheelbase adds to the stability of the trailer on uneven ground and while turning


Tethered hitch pin:

  • Easy to hook up to the Gator utility vehicle's rear hitch attachment
  • Eliminates the chance of losing the pin
  • Has the strength to handle pulling heavy loads over rough terrain
Model comparison chart

Comparison with similar models

ModelOrder throughBox capacity (heaped)Material thicknessMaximum weight Vehicle compatibility
7POrder Zone7 cu ft (0.20 m3)High-density polyethylene (HDPE)**450 lb* (204 kg)EZtrak™, ZTrak™, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
8YOrder Zone8 cu ft (0.22 m3)HDPE**300 lb* (136 kg) (tow)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
10POrder Zone10 cu ft (0.28 m3)Polypropylene650 lb* (295 kg)EZtrak, ZTrak, 100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
13Order Zone13 cu ft (0.37 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
16YSOrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene800 lb (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
17POrder Zone17 cu ft (0.48 m3)Polypropylene1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
18Order Zone18 cu ft (0.51 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)100 Series, S240, X300 Series, X500 Series, X700 Series
21Order Zone21 cu ft (0.59 m3)16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel1,000 lb* (454 kg)X700 Series

*The total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The maximum weight for the 21 Utility Cart is rated at 20 mph (32.2 km/h).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Specifications

 

 

7P

8Y

10P

13

16YS 

17P

18

21

Box capacity
Heaped7 cu ft (0.20 m3)8 cu ft (0.22 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)13 cu ft (0.37 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)

17 cu ft (0.48 m3)18 cu ft (0.51 m3)21 cu ft (0.59 m3)
Struck5.6 cu ft (0.16 m3)6.6 cu ft (0.19 m3)8.3 cu ft (0.24 m3)10 cu ft (0.28 m3)

15 cu ft (0.42 m3)

14 cu ft (0.40 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)15 cu ft (0.42 m3)
Maximum weight450 lb* (204 kg)300 lb* (136 kg)650 lb* (295 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)800 lb* (363 kg), 350 lb (158 kg) when using swivel feature to dump1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)1,000 lb* (454 kg)
Box dimensions 
Width33 in. (84 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)30.3 in. (77 cm)30.25 in. (76.8 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Length45 in. (114 cm)45 in. (114 cm)44.5 in. (113 cm)48 in. (122 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)

58.5 in. (148.6 cm)48 in. (122 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Depth10.5 in. (27 cm)10.75 in. (27.3cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)12 in. (30.5 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)

15.5 in. (39.4 cm)18 in. (45.7 cm)11 in. (27.9 cm)
Box construction MoldedMoldedMoldedWeldedMoldedMoldedWeldedBolted
MaterialHigh-density polyethylene (HDPE)**HDPE** w/UV inhibitorPolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steelPolypropylenePolypropylene16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
TailgateNone, slopedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedNone, slopedNone, slopedHingedLift-out/swing-out
Pneumatic tires 2 ply---2 ply2 ply4 ply4 ply4 ply2 ply
Size13x4-613x4-615x6.00-615x6.00-616x6.50-816x6.50-816x6.50-820x10.00-8
Tread designTurfKnobbyTurfTurfTurfTurfTurfTurf
Recommended inflation pressure30 psi (207 kPa)30 psi (207 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)14 psi (97 kPa)35 psi (241 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)28 psi (193 kPa)10 psi (70 kPa)
Wheel bearingsIron/OiliteNoneIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/OiliteIron/Oilite Ball bearings, double sealed
Grease fittings on wheelsYesNoneYesYesYesYesYesNone
Axle diameter0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)

0.75 in. (1.905 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)1 in. (2.54 cm)
Ground clearance5.62 in. (14.3 cm)5.25 in. (13.3 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)6.5 in. (16.5 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)

14.25 in. (36.2 cm)7 in. (17.8 cm)8.25 in. (21 cm)
Width, overall34 in. (86.4 cm)33.68 in. (85.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)

39.5 in. (100.3 cm)38 in. (96.5 cm)48 in. (122 cm)
Hitch pin Pin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clipPin/spring clip
Dump angles55 degrees55 degrees56 degrees31 degrees46 degrees46 degrees35/40 degrees35/40 degrees
Maximum tongue weight 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 70 lb (31.75 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)50 lb (22 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg) 100 lb (45.4 kg)
Shipping weight with carton68 lb (31 kg)65 lb (29.5 kg)79 lb (35.8 kg)110 lb (49.9 kg)---105 lb (47.6 kg)170 lb (77.1 kg)240 lb (109 kg)
Net weight65 lb (29 kg)55 lb (25 kg)72 lb (32.7 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)103 lb (47 kg)105 lb (47.6 kg)150 lb (68 kg)220 lb (99.8 kg)

*Total weight of the cart and payload. For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg).

**HDPE is compression molded for optimum thickness in all areas and maximum durability.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

Utility Carts

Chart below shows vehicle compatibility.

An X indicates cart can be used with the pulling unit.

NOTE: For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). The chart shows which utility carts are compatible with the vehicle.

 

 7P8Y10P1316YS 17P1821
EZtrak Z225, Z235, Z245, Z255, Z425, Z435, Z445, Z465, Z625, Z645, Z655, Z665
ZTrak Z335E, Z355E, Z335M, Z345M, Z345R, Z355R, Z375R, Z525E, Z535M, Z540M, Z535R, Z540R, Z720E, Z735E, Z730M, Z735M, Z740R
X X     
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
X XXXXXX 
S240XXX XXX 
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180XXX XX  
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289XXX XX  
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360,
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
XXX XXX X 
SST15, SST16, SST18XXX     
G110XXXXXX  
GT235, GT245XXXXXX  
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355XXXXXX  
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
XXXXXX 
X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595XXXXXXXX
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
XXXXXXXX

For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the cart should never exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. The loaded weight of any equipment towed by an EZtrak or ZTrak mower should not exceed 250 lb (113.4 kg). See the appropriate vehicle pages for the weight of the vehicle and the mower deck. Additional weight can be added to the vehicle by the following methods:

  

Tractor Additional weight
L100, L108, L110, L111, L118, L120, L130
102, 115, 125, 135, 145, 155C, 190C, LA100, LA110, LA120, LA130, LA140, LA150, LA105, LA115, LA125, LA135 LE, LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, LA165, LA175, D100, D105, D110, D120, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E100, E110, E120, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, E180
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
S240Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
(4) 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
LT150, LT160, LT180, LT190, LTR180Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Two 31-lb (14.1-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear (not for LT190)
LX280, LX280AWS, LX289
X300, X300R, X304, X310, X320, X324, X340, X360
X330, X350, X350R, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394
Two 34-lb (15-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
SST15, SST16, SST18One 88-lb (40-kg) weight kit, front
Three 40-lb (18-kg) weights, rear
G100Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
G110Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell rear wheel weights
GT235, GT245Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
GX255, GX335, GX345, GX355
X500, X520, X530, X534, X540
X570, X580, X584, X590
Two 30-lb (14-kg) wheel weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) wheel plastic shell weights, rear

X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, X595
X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758

Four 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, front
Two 70-lb (32-kg) wheel cast-iron starter weights, rear
Four 50-lb (23-kg) cast-iron wheel weights, rear
Two 50-lb (23-kg) plastic shell wheel weights, rear
Six 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, rear

Ordering information
Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

21 Steel Utility Cart
Order number: LPUT21JD

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision, Incorporated.

Drawbar

1-7/8-in. (48-mm) hitch ball1-7/8-in. (48-mm) hitch ball

1-7/8-in. (48-mm) hitch ball attaches to drawbar or rear hitch to allow towing. 0.75-in. (19-mm) diameter post thread is provided.  

 

The hitch ball is available through Parts.

1-7/8-in. (48-mm) hitch ball shown1-7/8-in. (48-mm) hitch ball shown

2-in. (51-mm) hitch ball attaches to drawbar or rear hitch to allow towing. 0.75-in. (19-mm) diameter post thread is provided.  

 

The hitch ball is available through Parts.

Drawbar shown w/opt. ball and receiver hitch kitDrawbar shown w/opt. ball and receiver hitch kit

For use on X500 Multi-Terrain Tractors (SN -20,000):

The drawbar kit may be used on the front of X500 Multi-Terrain Tractors (SN -20,000) in the receiver hitch provided in the center of the standard front bumper/weight bracket.

 

For use on X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors, X700 Series Tractors:

The drawbar kit may be used on the front or rear of a X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractor or X700 Series Tractor. It should be ordered for use on the rear of tractor when it is desirable to have the hitch hole further back than the standard hitch plate provides.

NOTE: BM20877 rear receiver hitch kit (shown in photo above) is required for use of BM23989 drawbar kit for receiver hitch on rear of tractor (applies only to a X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractor or X700 Series Tractor; drawbar cannot be used on rear of X500 Multi-Terrain Tractors).

Magnetic hitch pin - LP63768

Rear receiver hitch kitRear receiver hitch kit
Rear receiver hitch installedRear receiver hitch installed

Rear receiver hitch kit bolts on the tractor rear hitch plate to provide a standard 1-1/4-in. x 1-1/4-in. (32-mm x 32-mm) receiver hitch:

  • Required for BM19635 drawbar kit, BM20808 pintle hitch mounting kit, etc.
  • Allows use of many standard automotive and utility receiver hitch tools

Fenders

Front fenderFront fender

Front fenders help keep the mud and debris from being thrown on the mower deck, tractor, and operator.

Features include:

  • The sleek and sporty-looking fenders add styling.
  • The fenders really work well for keeping the mower deck clean, preventing the typical grass buildup.
  • Fenders help protect the operator from mud and debris.
  • Three different kits are available to fit the various tractor models.
  • The kits include fenders and mounting parts for both front wheels.

Front Power Take-off (Pto)

2000-rpm front PTO2000-rpm front PTO

The front PTO is required to operate the 46-in. Snow Thrower, 47-in. (119-cm) and 54-in. (137-cm) Snow Blowers, and 52-in. (132-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) Rotary Brooms.

It may also be utilized to power various other 2000-rpm front equipment.

Features include:

  • Quik-Tatch design
  • Heavy-duty drive shaft construction

Front Quick-hitch

Front Quick-Hitch and hydraulic liftFront Quick-Hitch and hydraulic lift
Front Quick-Hitch and hydraulic liftFront Quick-Hitch and hydraulic lift

Order as field conversion if required.

Same hitch works with all front-end attachments.

NOTE: Front implement and power take-off (PTO) extensions are required for 430 Tractor because of its longer frame.

BM20896 hydraulic retrofit kit consists of hose extensions used to install an older BM18167 (code 1471M) 47-in. (119-cm) Snow Blower or BM18168 (code 1481M) 46-in. (117-cm) Snow Thrower on a X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractor or X700 Series Tractor with a BM17347 or BM19782 front hitch. If a BM19782 front hitch is used, BM20708 implement drive and upstop is also required.

 

Kit consists of:

  • Hose guide ring
  • 90 degree elbow fitting

 

Front Wheels And Tires

18x8.50-10, 4 PR HDAP tire shown18x8.50-10, 4 PR HDAP tire shown
18x8.50-10, 4 PR turf tire shown18x8.50-10, 4 PR turf tire shown
18x7.00-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (AWS tractors)18x7.00-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (AWS tractors)
18x8.50-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (2WS tractors)18x8.50-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (2WS tractors)

Front tires and wheels are available for field installation.

  • 4 PR tires (standard on X Series Tractors) are required for use with a 45 Loader

Two wheels and tires are included in each bundle.

18x8.50-10, 4 PR HDAP tire shown18x8.50-10, 4 PR HDAP tire shown
18x8.50-10, 4 PR turf tire shown18x8.50-10, 4 PR turf tire shown
18x7.00-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (AWS tractors)18x7.00-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (AWS tractors)
18x8.50-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (2WS tractors)18x8.50-8, 4 PR turf tire shown (2WS tractors)

Front tires and wheels are available for field installation.

  • 4 PR tires (standard on X Series Tractors) are required for use with a 45 Loader

Two wheels and tires are included in each bundle.

Home Maintenance Kits

LG244 home maintenance kit
Typical home maintenance kitTypical home maintenance kit
#

Home maintenance kits are a handy and convenient way for dealers to supply a customer with the maintenance-interval parts as specified in their operator's manual.

 

The LG244 home maintenance kit includes the following:

 

 Quantity

Description

1

Engine oil filter

2

Engine oil quart

1

Fuel filter

1

Air filter element

1

Air filter element foam

2

Spark plug

Hydraulic Angling

Hydraulic angling kitHydraulic angling kit

Provides 0 to 27 degrees angling to the right or left using tractor hydraulics:

  • Required for some front Quick-Hitch-mounted implements

Mcs Chutes

MC542 Material Collection SystemMC542 Material Collection System

Features and benefits:

  • Fits 17P Poly Cart (not included with MC542)
  • Large 53-cu ft (1.5 m3), 42-bu (1,480-L) capacity with full 83-in. (210.8-cm) clamshell opening - perfect for fall cleanup of leaves
  • Powerful 205-cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque engine
  • Welded steel impeller for greater suction
  • Large, 8-in. (20.3-cm) diameter wire embedded hose for less clogging and larger volume pickup
  • Full opening for easy access
  • Vented 15-oz (425-g) poly-mesh canopy that keeps dust and exhaust away from the operator
  • Contoured handles for easier open/close operation and emptying
  • Custom pre-cut mower boot and welded bracket assembly for easy fit to the following John Deere Mower Decks that can be ordered separately:
    • 48, 54, and 62 in. (122, 137, and 158 cm)
    • 54- and 60-in. (137- and 152-cm) HC
    • 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s web site for additional information.

Specifications

 

Capacity42 bu (1500 L), 53 cu ft (1.5 m3)
Engine205 cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque
ImpellerWelded steel
Tractor compatibility**X500 Multi-Terrain and X700 Series Tractors
Mower compatibility48-, 54-, 54- HC, 60- 7-Iron, 60- HC, and 62-in. (122-, 137-, 137-, 152-, 152-, and 157-cm) John Deere Mower Decks

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s Web site for additional information.
**For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the collection system should never
exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. Additional ballast on
the tractor, or other towing unit, may be needed to meet this requirement.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC542 Material Collection System, boot and hose kits

Order number:

LP22834 - MC542 Material Collection System

LP23080 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48X)

LP65063 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48A)

LP65064 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54A)

LP23081 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54X)

LP44079 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54 HC)

LP23082 - Boot kit for 60-in. (152-cm) Mower Deck (60 HC and 7-Iron™ 60D)

LP23083 - Boot kit for 62-in. (157-cm) Mower Deck

LP39450 - MC542 Hose kit

MC542 Material Collection SystemMC542 Material Collection System

Features and benefits:

  • Fits 17P Poly Cart (not included with MC542)
  • Large 53-cu ft (1.5 m3), 42-bu (1,480-L) capacity with full 83-in. (210.8-cm) clamshell opening - perfect for fall cleanup of leaves
  • Powerful 205-cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque engine
  • Welded steel impeller for greater suction
  • Large, 8-in. (20.3-cm) diameter wire embedded hose for less clogging and larger volume pickup
  • Full opening for easy access
  • Vented 15-oz (425-g) poly-mesh canopy that keeps dust and exhaust away from the operator
  • Contoured handles for easier open/close operation and emptying
  • Custom pre-cut mower boot and welded bracket assembly for easy fit to the following John Deere Mower Decks that can be ordered separately:
    • 48, 54, and 62 in. (122, 137, and 158 cm)
    • 54- and 60-in. (137- and 152-cm) HC
    • 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s web site for additional information.

Specifications

 

Capacity42 bu (1500 L), 53 cu ft (1.5 m3)
Engine205 cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque
ImpellerWelded steel
Tractor compatibility**X500 Multi-Terrain and X700 Series Tractors
Mower compatibility48-, 54-, 54- HC, 60- 7-Iron, 60- HC, and 62-in. (122-, 137-, 137-, 152-, 152-, and 157-cm) John Deere Mower Decks

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s Web site for additional information.
**For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the collection system should never
exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. Additional ballast on
the tractor, or other towing unit, may be needed to meet this requirement.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC542 Material Collection System, boot and hose kits

Order number:

LP22834 - MC542 Material Collection System

LP23080 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48X)

LP65063 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48A)

LP65064 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54A)

LP23081 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54X)

LP44079 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54 HC)

LP23082 - Boot kit for 60-in. (152-cm) Mower Deck (60 HC and 7-Iron™ 60D)

LP23083 - Boot kit for 62-in. (157-cm) Mower Deck

LP39450 - MC542 Hose kit

MC542 Material Collection SystemMC542 Material Collection System

Features and benefits:

  • Fits 17P Poly Cart (not included with MC542)
  • Large 53-cu ft (1.5 m3), 42-bu (1,480-L) capacity with full 83-in. (210.8-cm) clamshell opening - perfect for fall cleanup of leaves
  • Powerful 205-cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque engine
  • Welded steel impeller for greater suction
  • Large, 8-in. (20.3-cm) diameter wire embedded hose for less clogging and larger volume pickup
  • Full opening for easy access
  • Vented 15-oz (425-g) poly-mesh canopy that keeps dust and exhaust away from the operator
  • Contoured handles for easier open/close operation and emptying
  • Custom pre-cut mower boot and welded bracket assembly for easy fit to the following John Deere Mower Decks that can be ordered separately:
    • 48, 54, and 62 in. (122, 137, and 158 cm)
    • 54- and 60-in. (137- and 152-cm) HC
    • 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s web site for additional information.

Specifications

 

Capacity42 bu (1500 L), 53 cu ft (1.5 m3)
Engine205 cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque
ImpellerWelded steel
Tractor compatibility**X500 Multi-Terrain and X700 Series Tractors
Mower compatibility48-, 54-, 54- HC, 60- 7-Iron, 60- HC, and 62-in. (122-, 137-, 137-, 152-, 152-, and 157-cm) John Deere Mower Decks

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s Web site for additional information.
**For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the collection system should never
exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. Additional ballast on
the tractor, or other towing unit, may be needed to meet this requirement.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC542 Material Collection System, boot and hose kits

Order number:

LP22834 - MC542 Material Collection System

LP23080 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48X)

LP65063 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48A)

LP65064 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54A)

LP23081 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54X)

LP44079 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54 HC)

LP23082 - Boot kit for 60-in. (152-cm) Mower Deck (60 HC and 7-Iron™ 60D)

LP23083 - Boot kit for 62-in. (157-cm) Mower Deck

LP39450 - MC542 Hose kit

14-bu (493-L) Power Flow chute14-bu (493-L) Power Flow chute
Click-N-Go bracketsClick-N-Go brackets

The Power Flow chute is required, along with the high-performance Power Flow blower, to use the 3-bag Power Flow MCS. The chute includes a convenient handle and a fill indicator that tells the operator when the bags are getting full. 

 

One chute works with several tractor applications. Trim lines on the chute are referenced in the instructions so the chute can be cut to the proper length for the tractor/mower application.

 

The 3-bag hopper installs to the tractor with the Click-N-Go™ mounting system:

  • Click-N-Go brackets must be ordered separately.

NOTE: The chute can be used with 48C/48X, 54C/54X, 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron™, 62C/62X, 62D, 54 HC, and 60 HC Mowers.

Power Flow chute and blowerPower Flow chute and blower
Hopper, chute, and blowerHopper, chute, and blower

The Power Flow chute is required, along with the high-performance Power Flow blower, to use the 2-bag Power Flow material collection system. The chute includes a convenient handle and a fill indicator that tells the operator when the bags are getting full.

One chute works with several vehicle applications. Trim lines on the chute are referenced in the instructions so the chute can be cut to the proper length for the vehicle/mower application.

Power Flow chute for MC519 Cart MCSPower Flow chute for MC519 Cart MCS

The Power Flow chute is required, along with the high-performance Power Flow blower, to use the MC519 Cart MCS.

Mcs Hoppers

Three-bag Power Flow material collection system (MCS)Three-bag Power Flow material collection system (MCS)
Click-N-Go bracketsClick-N-Go brackets

The 14-bu (493-L), three-bag Power Flow MCS icreases the versatility of X700 Series Tractors equipped with a 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ (48A) Mower Deck; 48-in. (122-cm)*, 54-in. (137-cm), or 62-in. (157-cm) Convertible or Edge™ Xtra Mower; the 54-in. (137-cm) or the 60-in. (152-cm) High Capacity (HC) Mower or the 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron™ Mower. The large, 14-bu (493-L) capacity means the operator can collect a large area of grass or leaves before needing to stop to empty the bags.

The three-bag hopper installs to the tractor with the Click-N-Go™ mounting system:

  • Click-N-Go brackets must be ordered separately. 

Front ballast is recommended to counterbalance the rear bagger:

  • Install two 42-lb (19.1-kg) suitcase weights on front of machine.

*NOTE: The three-bag, 14-bu (493-L) Power Flow is not compatible with a X729, X739, or X749 Tractor equipped with a 48X Mower Deck because the chute can contact the rear tire in a turn. However, it is compatible with the 48 Accel Deep (48A) Mower because the increased deck height and the height of its Power Flow blower housing lift the chute high enough to clear the wheel and fender with the three-bag hopper installed.

20-bu (705-L) Click-N-Go MCS20-bu (705-L) Click-N-Go MCS
20-bu (705-L) Click-N-Go MCS20-bu (705-L) Click-N-Go MCS

This 20-bu (705-L) MCS provides high-capacity, dump-from-seat capability for John Deere X700 Signature Series Tractors with Click-N-Go brackets. This MCS has a sleek, lightweight design that is engineered to withstand the rigorous demands of both residential and commercial mowing applications. The hopper’s large capacity provides longer durations of mowing, resulting in fewer stops to unload.

When the hopper is full, unloading is clean, quick, and easy. With the click of a button, material can be dumped right from the seat of the tractor. Click-N-Go compatibility and two fully-integrated metal storage stands with caster wheels help minimize the time spent attaching and detaching the system to just a few minutes.

NOTE: The licensed attachments included in this section are not manufactured or sold by John Deere. The manufacturer is responsible for performance, service parts, and warranty of these products.

20-bu (705-L) hopper provides large capacity for long periods of mowing
20-bu (705-L) hopper20-bu (705-L) hopper
Bracing is located on the sides of the hopper to help minimize material buildupBracing is located on the sides of the hopper to help minimize material buildup

The 1/16-in. (1.58-mm) aluminum is lightweight, yet designed to meet the demands of both residential and commercial mowing applications. Internal bracing is located on the sides of the hopper to minimize the chance of material buildup. The hopper lid is held down with a rubber bungee cord and opens forward for accessibility at the time of cleanout.

Dump-from-seat push-button unloading for clean and easy operation
Push-button, dump-from-seat unloadingPush-button, dump-from-seat unloading
Rocker switch triggers an actuator that raises and lowers the tailgateRocker switch triggers an actuator that raises and lowers the tailgate

Collected material is easily dumped from the seat of the tractor. The wiring harness includes a rocker switch that mounts to the front of the hopper and triggers an electric actuator. This actuator opens and closes the black steel tailgate that is attached to the hopper, resulting in clean, quick, and easy unloading.

 

Two integrated metal stands make storage fast and convenient
Integrated stand in the down position for storageIntegrated stand in the down position for storage
Integrated stand in the up position for operationIntegrated stand in the up position for operation

Two fully-integrated metal stands help simplify storage and hook up. After removing the MCS from the tractor, simply place the chute inside the hopper and wheel the entire system away for storage. When it is time to use the MCS again, wheel it to the tractor, push it onto the Click-N-Go mounting brackets, reattach the chute and the wire harness, then fold the stands up for operation. To secure the stands up or down, locking pins are used in a hole on both sides.

Click-N-Go compatibility reduces time spent attaching and detaching
MCS attached to tractor’s Click-N-Go bracketsMCS attached to tractor’s Click-N-Go brackets
Click-N-Go brackets on the MCSClick-N-Go brackets on the MCS

This MCS is specifically designed to work with Click-N-Go brackets. The design takes ground clearance into account and utilizes the integrated stands to make hook up and removal fast and simple.

One-piece plastic chute includes Fill-Minder indicator and molded handle
One-piece plastic chute One-piece plastic chute
Fill-Minder indicatorFill-Minder indicator

A high-density polyethylene chute is included. The chute’s smooth inside allows material to easily transfer from the mower deck to the hopper. The molded handle assists with installation and removal. The top portion of the chute slides into the flexible hose on the front of the hopper while the bottom attaches over the Power Flow™ assembly and is fastened with a bungee-corded hook. To indicate when the hopper is full, a Fill-Minder indicator is located underneath the handle.

Perforated aluminum lid with fabric cover redirects dust away from operator
Dust is directed away from the operator at the back of the hopperDust is directed away from the operator at the back of the hopper

To ensure that dust moves away from the operator, the hopper lid is made from perforated aluminum and covered on top with durable fabric. When in use, this cover directs airflow to the back of the hopper. The lid is secured with a rubber latch on the back of the hopper and is hinged for easy access during cleanout.

Specifications

 

Hopper  
Width48 in. (122 cm)
Length27 in. (69 cm)
Depth39 in. (99 cm)
Ground clearance (tailgate edge)11 in. (28 cm)
Weight (hopper empty)225 lb (102 kg)
Capacity20 bu (705 L), 25 cu ft (0.7 m3)
Materials
Hopper1/16-in. (1.58-mm) aluminum
Hopper gate16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel
Lid1/16-in. (1.58-mm) perforated aluminum
with fabric cover
ChutePolyethylene
Estimated attachment/removal time (after initial installation)
X700 Signature Series Tractors3-5 minutes

The following items are included with this MCS:

  • 20-bu (705-L), 25-cu ft (0.7-m3) aluminum hopper
  • Two integrated metal stands with caster wheels (two wheels per stand)
  • One-piece plastic chute with Fill-Minder indicator
  • Wiring harness with rocker switch
  • Operator’s manual
Compatibility and requirements

This MCS is compatible with all X700 Signature Series Tractors.

NOTE: Not compatible with tractor hard-side cab because the switch is on the unit and the actuator may interfere with cab glass.

The following John Deere items are required to complete the installation of this MCS on an X700 Signature Series Tractor:

  • Click-N-Go brackets
  • Four front suit case weights (UC13263 Quik-Tatch weight, 42 lb {19 kg}) for stability
  • Power Flow blower for associated mower deck
Key sales features

Key features include:

  • 20-bu (705-L) hopper that provides large capacity for long periods of mowing
  • Push-button, dump-from-seat feature to make unloading clean, quick, and easy
  • Two integrated metal stands to simplify storage
  • Two-piece plastic chute that includes a Fill-Minder indicator to show when the hopper is full and molded handles to assist with chute installation and removal
  • Perforated aluminum lid with fabric cover that redirects dust away from the operator
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

20-bu (705-L) Click-N-Go MCS

Order number: LP68577
7-bu (247-L) hopper7-bu (247-L) hopper

The 7-bu (247-L) Power Flow provides an efficient means for picking up grass clippings and leaves.

The hopper design provides modern styling, great bagging performance, cleaner operation, and easy-to-empty bags.

The 7-bu (247-L) Power Flow material collection system (MCS) features:

  • 7-bu (247-L) capacity
  • Easy-to-attach lower chute (ordered separately)
  • Air exhaust duct
  • Convenient spring-latch
  • Airflow fill indicator
  • Handle on chute
  • Sealed hopper top
  • Loose-knit bags available
  • Hopper installs to tractor with Click-N-Go™ mounting system
    • Click-N-Go brackets must be ordered separately

NOTE: The 7-bu (247-L) Power Flow rear bagger is not compatible with a tractor cab or weather enclosure installed. The chute contacts the cab or weather enclosure.

NOTE: The two-bag, 7-bu (247-L) Power Flow is not compatible with a X729, X739, or X749 Tractor equipped with a 48X Mower Deck because the chute can contact the rear tire in a turn. However, it is compatible with the 48 Accel Deep™ (48A) Mower because the increased deck height and the height of its Power Flow blower housing lift the chute high enough to clear the wheel and fender with the two-bag hopper installed.

 

Loose-knit bagsLoose-knit bags
Close-up view of loose-knit bag materialClose-up view of loose-knit bag material

A loose-knit bag is available as an option for use with 7-bu (247-L) cut-n-throw rear baggers and Power Flow™ baggers:

  • Two loose-knit bags are required.
  • The loose-knit bag allows more air to flow through and provide more complete bag filling in wet and heavy grass conditions.
MC519 Cart with Power Flow™ blower and chuteMC519 Cart with Power Flow™ blower and chute
MC519 CartMC519 Cart

The MC519 is compatible with Select Series™ X320, X324, X340, X360, X380, X384, X390, X394, X500 Series Multi-Terrain, X700 Series Tractors, GT200, GX300, X400, and X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors, and 110 through 455 Garden Tractors.

 

NOTE: MC519 is not compatible with D100 Series, LA100 Series, L100 Series, 100 Series, or Select Series model X300, X304, X310, X330, X350, X354, X370 Tractors, LT, LX, or SST Lawn Tractors, or G100 or G110 Garden Tractors.

 

The MC519 is designed to provide the versatility of two products in one - a utility cart or a material collector.

 

Utility cart:

  • 7.5 cu ft (212 L) heaped or 500 lb (227 kg) of capacity
  • Ideal for hauling topsoil, gravel, sand, firewood, mulch, etc.

 

Collector:

  • Large, 19-bu (23-cu ft, 670-L) capacity with a standard equipment cover
  • Can be equipped with a Power Flow blower and chute for vacuuming grass clippings, thatch, pine needles, and leaves

Potential customers include homeowners, commercial operators, nurseries, and estates.

Easy to hook up and operate
MC519 hitchMC519 hitch

The MC519 hitch can be connected to the tractor without tools in about one minute.

 

In combination with non-jackknifing caster wheels, this semi-rigid hitch makes it easy to maneuver the cart/collector.

 

An easy-to-reach handle allows dumping the cart/collector from the tractor seat.

 

For dumping extra-heavy loads, the operator can use the hand grip on the front of the box.

Standard equipment coverStandard equipment cover

A standard equipment cover can be installed in a matter of seconds to convert the utility cart to a collector:

  • Large plastic window in the cover allows the operator to see when the collector is full.
  • Cover folds flat for space-saving wall storage.
Strong construction
MC519 Cart BaggerMC519 Cart Bagger

The MC519 has the durability to handle homeowner or commercial applications:

  • Steel support structure is mig-welded for strength.
  • Cart box is made of strong, 18-gauge, 0.05-in. (1.2-mm) steel for durability.
  • Puncture-resistant 4-ply rated (PR) turf tires are standard equipment.
  • Greaseable bearings (wheels and casters) enable long life.
  • Cover is made of tough 14-oz (397-g) black vinyl-coated nylon. The lower sides are made of 9.5-oz (269-g) black polyester knitted cloth.
Power Flow™ option (Power Flow blower and discharge chute must be ordered separately)
Power Flow blower and discharge chute optionsPower Flow blower and discharge chute options

When equipped with the optional blower and discharge chute (ordered separately), the MC519 becomes a material collection system.

The blower housing material is high-density polyethylene and the fan material is ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene:

  • Lightweight for easy handling and minimal effect on mowing smoothness
  • Will not rust or corrode
  • Resists wear and abrasion caused by sand
  • Contoured design for clean appearance and smooth grass flow

Specifications

 

Capacity   

Collector

 

Volume

19 bu (670 L) or 23 cu ft (0.67 m3)

Load

500 lb (226.8 kg)

Cart

 

Volume

7.5 cu ft (0.21 m3) heaped; 6 cu ft (0.17 m3) struck

Load

500 lb (226.8 kg)
Box dimensions

Width

42 in. (107 cm)

Length

30 in. (76 cm)

Depth

8 in. (20 cm)
Overall dimensions, including hitch

Width

45.5 in. (116 cm)

Length

51 in. (129.5 cm)

Depth

44 in. (112 cm)
Clearance 10 in. (25 cm)
Dump angle 50 degrees
Weight, shipping (with carton) 176 lb (80 kg)
Weight, net

Cart only

119 lb (54 kg)

Cover only

26 lb (12 kg)

Hitch only

7.7 lb (3.47 kg)
Power Flow™ dimensions

Fan diameter

13 in. (334 mm)

Fan width

2.75 in. (70 mm), 3.75 in. (95 mm) for C Series Blowers

Fan blades

4, 5 for C Series Blowers

Fan speed

3400 (will vary with mower width)
Tires 4.10x3.50 4PR
Bearings

Wheel

Iron/Oilite™ with grease fittings

Caster

Roller ball with urethane seals and grease fittings
Box material 18-gauge, 0.05-in. (1.2-mm) steel
Cover material 14-oz (0.4-kg) black vinyl-coated nylon top, front, and upper side flaps
9.5-oz (0.27-kg) black polyester knitted cloth lower sides
0.397-sq yd (0.33-m2) knitted polyester netting

 

Oilite is a trademark of Beemer Precision Incorporated.

Tractor compatibility and requirements

The MC519 Cart is compatible with the following tractors with 48A and 54A Accel Deep™ Decks, 38, 46, 48, 48C Convertible, 48 Edge™ Xtra Deck, 50-, 54-, 54C Convertible, 54 Edge Xtra Deck, 60, 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron™, 62C Convertible, 62 Edge Xtra Deck, or 54-in. (137-cm), or 60-in. (152-cm) High-Capacity (HC) mowers:

  1. 110 and 112 Tractors (SN 100,000 and above)
  2. 200, 210, 212, 214 and 216, GT242, GT262, GT275, GT225, GT235, GT235E, GT245, 240, 245, 260, 265, 285, 320, 325, 335, 345, 355D, GX255, GX325, GX335, GX345, and GX355 Tractors
  3. Select Series™ X320, X324, X340, X360, X380, X384, X390, and X394 Tractors
  4. X500, X520, X530, X534, X540, X570, X580, X584, and X590 Multi-Terrain Tractors
  5. 316, 318, 322, and 332 Tractors
  6. NOT compatible with 100, L100, LA100, D100, LT, LX, X300, X304, X310, X330, X350, X354, X370, or SST Series Lawn Tractors or G100 or G110 Garden Tractor
  7. NOT compatible with 316-332, 325-355D, GX325-GX355 Series Tractors with a 38-in. (97-cm) mower and blower assembly or 38-in. (97-cm) QT blower assembly
  8. 420 and 430
  9. 425, 445, and 455
  10. X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, and X595 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors (HDGT's)
  11. X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, X749
  12. X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, X758
  13. NOT compatible with tractors (X400/X500 HDGT's or X700 Tractors) that have the 3-point hitch or 540 power take-off (PTO) shift arm attached
  14. 325/345 with 38-in. (97-cm) mower and Power Flow system requires M118053 arm

Requirements and/or recommendations:

1. Four 200 lb (91 kg) cast-iron rear wheel weights are recommended for ballast on GT242, GT262, GT275, GT225, GT235, GT245, 240, 245, 260, 265, 285, 320, 325, 335, 345, 355D, GX325, GX335, GX345, GX355, X500, X520, X534, and X540 Tractors when operating on slopes. Select Series X320, X324, X340, X360, X380, X384, X390, and X394 Tractors may need ballast to increase traction, stability, or steering, especially when operating on hillsides or if carrying heavier materials in the MC519 Cart. 
2. 420 and 430 Tractors require one AM118915 60-in. (152-cm) Power Flow installation kit for mounting 60-in. (152-cm) Power Flow blower.
3. 316, 318, 322, 330, 332, 420, 430 require black hitch mounting bracket M115521.

Required on MC519 (S/N 045001 - ) to mount on the following Tractors:

  • 316, 318, 322, 330, 332, 420, and 430
  • 425 Two Wheel Steer (- A040774) without 3-Point Hitch
  • 425 All Wheel Steer (- B040203) without 3-Point Hitch
  • 445 (- C040542) without 3-Point Hitch
  • 455 Two Wheel Steer (- C040507) without 3-Point Hitch
  • 455 All Wheel Steer (- D040074) without 3-Point Hitch

This bracket was included in older MC519's but was eliminated when the 425, 445 and 455 Tractors hitch design was changed and the bracket was no longer required for hookup.

4. GT, 300 and GX 48C Mowers built before April 2002 may need 0.5-in. (13-mm) hole drilled in mower wheel bracket for installing BM20667 or BM21495 48C HP Blower. See Service Information Bulletin 02-11-45-7 for detailed instructions.

5. GT, 300 and GX 48C Mowers built after April 2002 may need slot added to mower wheel bracket for installing BM19439 and BM20523 QT Blower. See Service Information Bulletin 02-11-45-7 for detailed instructions.

6. X400/X500 HDGT's and X700 Ultimate Tractors require LP52039 Adaptor Kit for MC519 Cart, available from Order Zone.

7. X400/X500 HDGT's and X700 Ultimate Tractors with a 48C/48X Mower require BM20976 or BM22798 48 HP Adapter Kit to install BM20667 48C High-Performance Power Flow Blower Assembly to accommodate this mower's rotateable wheels:

  • One BM20976 48C/48X High Performance Blower Assembly Adapter Kit is required to install the BM20667 48C HP Power Flow Blower on a 48C or 48X Mower Deck (SN -050588) with wheels that rotate.
  • One BM22798 48C/48X High Performance Blower Assembly Adapter Kit is required to install the BM20667 48C HP Power Flow Blower on a 48X Mower Deck (SN 050589- ) with wheels that rotate.

8. The following older 425, 445, and 455 Tractors without a 3-point hitch also require black hitch mounting bracket M115521:

  • 425 two-wheel steer (A040774 and below)
  • 425 all-wheel steer (B040203 and below)
  • 445 (C040507 and below)
  • 455 two-wheel steer (C040507 and below)
  • 455 all-wheel steer (D040074 and below)

9. BM20668 54C and BM20669 62C HP Power Flow Blowers require one AM133822 Mower Wheel Adjustment Pin for installation on 2004 and later 54C or 62C Mowers.

NOTE: In order to be used as a material collection system, an optional Power Flow blower and discharge chute must be ordered in addition to the LP49228 MC519 Material Collection System.

Ordering information

Customers, please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC519 Material Collection System
Order number: LP49228

MC519 mounting bracketMC519 mounting bracket

One LP52039 adaptor kit is required to install the MC519 Cart. It provides a wider mounting bracket that allows the MC519 Cart to be used more effectively on uneven terrain with these tractors.

 

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC519 Cart adaptor kit for X400/X500 HDGT and X700 Tractors
Order number: LP52039

MC542 Material Collection SystemMC542 Material Collection System

Features and benefits:

  • Fits 17P Poly Cart (not included with MC542)
  • Large 53-cu ft (1.5 m3), 42-bu (1,480-L) capacity with full 83-in. (210.8-cm) clamshell opening - perfect for fall cleanup of leaves
  • Powerful 205-cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque engine
  • Welded steel impeller for greater suction
  • Large, 8-in. (20.3-cm) diameter wire embedded hose for less clogging and larger volume pickup
  • Full opening for easy access
  • Vented 15-oz (425-g) poly-mesh canopy that keeps dust and exhaust away from the operator
  • Contoured handles for easier open/close operation and emptying
  • Custom pre-cut mower boot and welded bracket assembly for easy fit to the following John Deere Mower Decks that can be ordered separately:
    • 48, 54, and 62 in. (122, 137, and 158 cm)
    • 54- and 60-in. (137- and 152-cm) HC
    • 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s web site for additional information.

Specifications

 

Capacity42 bu (1500 L), 53 cu ft (1.5 m3)
Engine205 cc, 9.00 lb-ft* gross torque
ImpellerWelded steel
Tractor compatibility**X500 Multi-Terrain and X700 Series Tractors
Mower compatibility48-, 54-, 54- HC, 60- 7-Iron, 60- HC, and 62-in. (122-, 137-, 137-, 152-, 152-, and 157-cm) John Deere Mower Decks

*Per SAE J1940 as rated by engine manufacturer. The engine horsepower and torque information are provided by the engine manufacturer to be used for comparison purposes only. Actual operating horsepower and torque will be less. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s Web site for additional information.
**For proper braking and operation, the loaded weight of the collection system should never
exceed the weight of the tractor, or other towing unit, plus the operator. Additional ballast on
the tractor, or other towing unit, may be needed to meet this requirement.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MC542 Material Collection System, boot and hose kits

Order number:

LP22834 - MC542 Material Collection System

LP23080 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48X)

LP65063 - Boot kit for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower Deck (48A)

LP65064 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54A)

LP23081 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54X)

LP44079 - Boot kit for 54-in. (137-cm) Mower Deck (54 HC)

LP23082 - Boot kit for 60-in. (152-cm) Mower Deck (60 HC and 7-Iron™ 60D)

LP23083 - Boot kit for 62-in. (157-cm) Mower Deck

LP39450 - MC542 Hose kit

Dump from the seat capability for 3-bag material collection systems (MCS)
MCS 14MCS 14
#

The MCS 14 attachment is designed to provide dump-from-seat grass collection and expulsion for all John Deere 3-bag material collection systems (MCS) on the X500 and X700 Series Tractors. The MCS attachment eliminates the need to get off of the tractor and empty the bags. As a result, it will increase both efficiency and cleanliness in the mowing process.

The aluminum body is light weight and easy to handle. A conveniently located lever and smooth release and latching system are easily accessed from the tractor seat. Because it is engineered specifically for the John Deere material collection system, installation is a breeze with simple hand tools.

Features:

  • Lightweight aluminum construction
  • Designed for full material expulsion
  • Easy access self-latching, spring-tripped handle
  • Ships almost fully assembled (5 minute handle assembly)
  • Installs in seconds (after initial assembly)

Benefits:

  • Easy - Convenient access to dump handle directly from seat 
  • Clean - No material handling, no mess 
  • Efficient - Unload and go without leaving the seat

NOTE: Fits John Deere 3-bag material collection systems on X500 and X700 Series Tractors.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MCS 14 attachment
Order number: LP47170

Dump from seat capability for X500 and X700 Series 2-bag material collection systems (MCS)
MCS 8MCS 8
#

The MCS 8 attachment is designed to provide dump from the seat grass collection/expulsion for all John Deere X500 and X700 Series tractors equipped with the 2-bag material collection system (MCS). The MCS attachment eliminates the need to get off of the tractor and empty the bags. As a result, it will increase both efficiency and cleanliness in the mowing process.

The aluminum body is lightweight and easy to handle. Conveniently located hand lever and smooth release and latching system are easily accessed from the tractor seat. Because it is engineered specifically for the John Deere MCS, installation is a breeze with simple hand tools.

Features:

  • Lightweight aluminum construction
  • Designed for full material expulsion
  • Easy access self-latching spring-tripped handle
  • Ships almost fully assembled (5 minute handle assembly)
  • Installs in seconds (after initial assembly)

Benefits:

  • Easy - Convenient Access to dump handle directly from seat 
  • Clean - No material handling, no mess 
  • Efficient - Unload and go without leaving the seat 

NOTE: Fits All John Deere X500 and X700 Series 2-bag material collection systems. Not compatible with EZtrak™ Zero-Turn Mowers.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

MCS 8 attachment
Order number: LP47169

Mcs Power Flow Blowers

HP Power Flow blower assemblyHP Power Flow blower assembly

The high-performance (HP) Power Flow blower assembly for the 48-in. (122-cm) Accel Deep™ Mower is used with the hopper and chute to provide a very effective material collection system. A hopper and chute must be ordered separately to complete this material collection system.

High-performance blower assemblyHigh-performance blower assembly
Easy installation and cleanoutEasy installation and cleanout

A high-performance Power Flow blower assembly is used with the 48-in. (122-cm) Mower:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • The blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The high-performance blower will work well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Material collection system (MCS) Power Flow/rear bagger chutes:

  • BM20988 Power Flow chute
  • BM21681 Power Flow chute (6.5/7 bu [229/247 L]). For 48A, 48HC, 54A, 54HC.
  • BM20943 rear bagger chute for 42-in. (107-cm) All-Purpose Mower (42AP)

Mower deck attachments:

  • BM20505 front blowout baffle for 42-in. (107-cm) Mower (42C/42X)
  • M135589 high-lift blade for 48-in. (122-cm) Mower
  • BM19894 leaf bagging kit (48C/48X Mower). Contains three bolt-on deck lips for improved bagging of leaves.

 Weights:

  • BM20937 front weight kit (SST). Warning label not included. French Canadian dealers need to order M127333 warning label.
Power Flow blower and chutePower Flow blower and chute
Power Flow blowerPower Flow blower

The 54-in. (137-cm) high-capacity mower uses a high-performance Power Flow blower to collect material into a variety of material collection systems:

  • 7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper
  • 14-bu (493-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper 
  • 19-bu (670-L), MC519 Power Flow cart
Power Flow blower in cleanout positionPower Flow blower in cleanout position
#

Key features:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • Blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The Power Flow blower works well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Each of the John Deere material collection systems has durable construction for long life in homeowner or commercial applications.

Power Flow blowerPower Flow blower

The 54-in. (137-cm) high-capacity mower uses a high-performance Power Flow blower to collect material into a variety of material collection systems:

  • 7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper
  • 14-bu (493-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper 
  • 19-bu (670-L), MC519 Power Flow cart
Power Flow blower in cleanout positionPower Flow blower in cleanout position
#

Key features:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • Blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The Power Flow blower works well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Each of the John Deere material collection systems has durable construction for long life in homeowner or commercial applications.

Power Flow blower and chutePower Flow blower and chute
Power Flow blowerPower Flow blower

The 60-in. (152-cm) high-capacity mower uses a high-performance Power Flow blower to collect material into a variety of material collection systems:

  • 7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper
  • 14-bu (493-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper 
  • 19-bu (670-L), MC519 Power Flow cart
60 HC Power Flow blower in cleanout position60 HC Power Flow blower in cleanout position
#

Key features:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • Blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The Power Flow blower works well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Each of the John Deere material collection systems has durable construction for long life in homeowner or commercial applications.

Power Flow blowerPower Flow blower

The 60-in. (152-cm) high-capacity mower uses a high-performance Power Flow blower to collect material into a variety of material collection systems:

  • 7-bu (247-L), two-bag Power Flow hopper
  • 14-bu (493-L), three-bag Power Flow hopper 
  • 19-bu (670-L), MC519 Power Flow cart
60 HC Power Flow blower in cleanout position60 HC Power Flow blower in cleanout position
#

Key features:

  • Blower is hinged to provide easy installation.
  • Blower is easy to swing out for easy cleanout.
  • Blower fan runs in a clockwise direction (viewed from the right side) to efficiently move material up the chute.

The Power Flow blower works well with either the standard mower blades or the mulching blades.

Each of the John Deere material collection systems has durable construction for long life in homeowner or commercial applications.

Power Flow Blower and chutePower Flow Blower and chute
#

This kit provides a bracket to give more gauge wheel offset to owners of BM24514 Power Flow Blower and CE version BM24515 Power Flow Blower to correct belt rubbing on early BM24514 and BM24515.

 

BM24514 and BM24515 Power Flow Blowers have been or are used on 60-in. (152-cc) 7-Iron™ and high capacity (HC) mower decks on Signature Series Tractors and 7-Iron and 60D Mowers on compact utility tractors.

Miscellaneous

Tractor shovel installed on 54-in. (137-cm) Front BladeTractor shovel installed on 54-in. (137-cm) Front Blade
Front blade/tractor shovel in raised positionFront blade/tractor shovel in raised position

The tractor shovel expands the usefulness of a John Deere tractor equipped with a 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade by allowing it to pick up and move material. The innovative opening design of the tractor shovel, combined with the lift height of the blade, assures complete emptying of material. Even with the tractor shovel installed, the front blade can still be used to doze, scrape, or level material.

NOTE: When the tractor shovel is installed, the locking pin used to lock the blade in the vertical position is engaged. Therefore, the blade will not have the breakaway feature with the tractor shovel installed.

The 54-in. (137-cm) Tractor Shovel is compatible with:

  • X700 Series Tractors equipped with a 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade with hydraulic angling cylinder (repositioned to open and close the shovel)
  • Noncurrent X400 and X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors (HDGT's) equipped with a 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade with hydraulic angling cylinder (repositioned to open and close the shovel)
    • Pre-Quick-Hitch Tractors (LP54001 Tractor Shovel)

Key features:

  • Pick up, transport, and empty a variety of loose materials including soil, gravel, mulch, and snow
  • Blade down-force allows for ground-engaging work
  • Blade can be used to doze, scrape, or level material with the tractor shovel installed
    • The hydraulic blade angling cylinder is used to operate the tractor shovel, so the blade cannot be angled with the Tractor Shovel installed.
  • Tractor shovel can be removed in 10 minutes or less after initial installation
  • Available on Order Zone as a licensed product
  • Shippable via UPS
Unique shovel design
Shovel opens for emptying material or bladingShovel opens for emptying material or blading

The unique design of the tractor shovel allows a customer who has 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch front blade to use it for lifting and moving material as well as typical blade functions, such as blading, leveling, and scraping:

  • Unique shovel design empties material completely.
  • Front blade angling cylinder is repositioned and used to raise the tractor shovel when emptying materials (blade cannot be angled when the tractor shovel is installed).
  • Cutting edge is 3/8- x 3-in. (10- x 76-mm) abrasion-resistant material.
  • Two layers of 1/8-in. (3.2-mm) thick steel form the bottom of the shovel and provide upper and lower surfaces to capture the blade edge securely.

 

Specifications

 

Length of tractor shovel 

54 in. (137.2 cm)

Depth of tractor shovel

12 in. (30.5 cm)

Capacity

2.25 ft3 (0.064 m3) or 64 L

Cutting blade material

0.375-in. x 3-in. (1-cm x 7.6-cm) hardened steel

Material thickness

0.125-in. (3.2-mm) top and bottom thickness

Load capacity

200 lb (91 kg), evenly distributed

Lift height

8 in. to 12 in. (20 cm to 30 cm), depending on the tractor model

Shipping weight

108 lb (49 kg)

Warranty

One-year limited warranty on parts

Tractor compatibility and requirements:

The 54-in. (137-cm) Tractor Shovel is compatible with a 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade installed on the following tractors:

  • X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, and X595 Garden Tractors
  • X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, and X749 Tractors
  • X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758 Signature Series Tractors

 The 54-in. (137-cm) Tractor Shovel is not approved for use with:

  • Compact utility tractors
Requirements and/or recommendations:
  1. Requires a 54-in. (137-cm) Quick-Hitch Front Blade with hydraulic angling cylinder (repositioned to open and close the shovel).
  2. Tire chains are helpful and recommended when operating in snow.
  3. A hydraulic cylinder lockout valve is not required but will make opening and closing the shovel quicker if installed; Part number AM134625 for X400/X500 HDGT and X700 Series Tractors.
  4. NOTE: The following information does not apply to X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758 Signature Series Tractors. For these models, it is recommended that 250 lb (113 kg) or less of additional rear weight (suitcase weights, wheel weights, or 3-point hitch equipment) is added to the tractor.

    A transaxle hydrostatic relief valve is not needed if 
    250 lb (113 kg) or less of additional rear weight (suitcase weights, wheel weights, or 3-point hitch equipment) is added to the tractor; if more than 250 lb (113 kg) (not counting operator) is added, a hydrostatic transaxle relief valve (same as is included with the 45 Loader) is required:
  • BW15043 2WD transaxle hydrostatic relief valve (X400 HDGTs, X700, X720, X724, X740, X744) 
  • BW15044 4WD transaxle hydrostatic relief valve (X500 HDGTs, X728, X729, X748, X749)
  • M146148 free-wheeling valve control lever (required for use with 2WD and 4WD transaxle hydrostatic relief valve)
  • M147685 instructions
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

54-in. (137-cm) Tractor Shovel
Order number: LP54000

20-amp auxiliary alternator20-amp auxiliary alternator

The 20-amp auxiliary alternator kit operates in parallel with the standard 20-amp engine-equipped alternator to bring the total of 12-V electric power to 40 amps.

Features include:

  • Provides additional electric power for operating attachments, such as a sprayer, and optional equipment like a cab heater, windshield wiper, and lights.
  • Kit includes mounting parts, voltage regulator, and instructions.
  • For liquid-cooled gas tractors; not for air-cooled or diesel models.

NOTE: This kit comes less grease.

Battery chargerBattery charger

This fully automatic 1.5-amp battery charger and maintainer safely charges lawn and garden, RV, deep-cycle, and most batteries that require long storage periods. It is particularly useful during winter months when the vehicle is not being used regularly, to ensure the battery stays charged:

  • Automatically determines if the battery is 6- or 12-V and adjusts accordingly
  • Helps maintain battery in good condition and ensures it is fully charged
  • Powers on to charge battery and powers off when fully charged
  • 'Onboard' feature allows mounting next to the battery on collector, street rods, and other occasional-use vehicles
  • 1.5-amp trickle charges small batteries in 2 to 12 hours
  • Maintains large battery charges
  • Hookup protection guards battery and charger from damage 

 

Includes a choice of battery connection methods:

  • Standard color-coded clips to connect to any battery
  • Cable with quick-disconnect plug and end loops that can be bolted to battery terminals and easily unplugged from charger when not in use
Double bucket holder (buckets ordered separately)Double bucket holder (buckets ordered separately)

Transporting mulch, plants or debris is easier with the double bucket holder. Just attach the holder bracket to the rear of any Select Series™ X300, X500 Series Multi-Terrain, or X700 Ultimate™ Series Tractor. It is designed to carry up to 70 lb (32 kg) of material.

 

For use with standard 5-gal. (19-L) buckets - ordered separately. 

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Bucket holder (double)
Order number: LPJD301

Bucket (5-gal.)

Order number: LPJD400 (2 required)

Double bucket holderDouble bucket holder

Transporting mulch, plants, or debris is easier with the double bucket holder. Just attach the holder bracket to the rear of any Select Series™ X300, X500 Series Multi-Terrain, or X700 Series Tractor. It is designed to carry up to 70 lb (32 kg) of material for transporting mulch, plants, yard waste, or for adding ballast.

For use with the included John Deere 5-gal. (19-L) buckets.

NOTE: May not fit all tractor models with a weather enclosure or cab installed.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Bucket holder (double) with buckets
Order number: LPJD301W

5-gal. (19-L) bucket5-gal. (19-L) bucket

This black 5-gal. (19-L) bucket perfectly complements the CargO Mount™ single and double bucket holders. It is made of sturdy black plastic.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Bucket - 5 gal. (19-L)
Order number: LPJD400

Click-N-Go bracketsClick-N-Go brackets

Click-N-Go brackets mount on the rear of the tractor to provide a quick and easy way to install and remove rear-mounted equipment:

  • Allow attachment of various rear attachments such as the rear bagger, Tractor Trunk™, and ballast box
Front light kitFront light kit

The front light kit includes (2) 37.5 W lights, mounting frame, and wiring harness:

  • Kit attaches to the quick-hitch. Individual lights can rotate fore-and-aft and side-to-side to position the light.
  • The front light kit mounting frame is designed to allow the hood to tilt forward for access to the engine.
8-oz (237-mL) Fuel-Protect gasoline stabilizer8-oz (237-mL) Fuel-Protect gasoline stabilizer

John Deere Fuel-Protect gasoline stabilizer is a unique formula developed to ensure optimum performance and protection year-round: 

  • Has corrosion preventers
  • For lawn and garden equipment and other gasoline-powered vehicles
  • Ensures quick starts in all two- and four-cycle engines
  • Use in gasoline, gasoline-oil mixture, and ethanol blends
  • Use to treat gas cans at each fill-up or use at every fill-up of vehicle
  • Keeps fuel fresh for 12 months
  • Contains a fuel injector and carburetor cleaner
  • 1 oz (29.6 mL) treats 2 gal. (7.6 L)

Always use fuel stabilizer in gasoline.

Fuel sitting in gas tanks or gas containers for more than 30 days begins to degrade. Also, blended fuels and water in gasoline can form acids that corrode fuel-system components. Protect the investment - use John Deere fuel stabilizer with corrosion preventers and prevent hard starting, surging, lack of power, poor idle, flooding, and will not run or stay running conditions caused by poor-quality fuel. Ask a local John Deere dealer or visit JDParts.

Helpful tips:

  • Add fuel stabilizer every time fuel is purchased.
  • Deere gasoline-powered equipment is recommended to run on a minimum of 87 octane gasoline.
  • John Deere Fuel-Protect for gasoline is safe to use in all types of gasoline, including gasoline/oil mixtures and blended fuels containing up to 10 percent ethanol.
  • Use plastic fuel containers to store fuel; ask a local John Deere dealer.
  • For best results, use a spill-proof gas can that automatically seals the gas can vent.
  • Store fuel in a cool, dry, dark place in a sealed fuel can.
  • Fill tank to the top every time the machine is put away.
    • Make sure tank is drained if stored for the winter or treated if left for prolonged periods of time.

Please refer to the operator’s manual for additional recommendations and warranty information.

Fuel related issues are not considered a warrantable condition as there is no defect in the materials or workmanship of the machine. 

For more information on fuel, visit John Deere Groundscare.

Mower Decks

Dry-condition kit componentsDry-condition kit components
Dry-condition kit installed on mower deckDry-condition kit installed on mower deck

The BM26238 dry-condition kit, 48A is available for 48A Accel Deep Mower Decks used on S240 Tractors, model year 2016 and later X300 and X500 Select Series™ Tractors and Residential ZTrak™ Mowers. The 48A dry-condition kit will also work with any X700 Signature Series Tractor (model year 2013 and later) that is equipped with a 48A Mower Deck.

The dry-condition kit will reduce the amount of blowout around the mower deck when side discharging, mulching, or bagging in dry grass and leaf conditions. For optimum mowing performance in lush-grass conditions, the dry-condition kit baffles may be removed.

BUC10313 front roller kit shownBUC10313 front roller kit shown
#

Optional front roller kits are available for 54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) high-capacity (HC) mower decks used on X700 Signature Series Tractors:

  • Front rollers help reduce the chance of scalping when mowing uneven lawns.
  • No extra steps are required during removal and installation of the mower deck.
    • When the front draft bracket is installed (as shown in photo), the rollers are held down in the operating position.
    • When the front draft bracket is removed, the rollers can move up to allow the mower deck to rest on the surface when driving onto the mower with the tractor during installation or removal.
  • Individual front roller kit options, depending on the mower deck:
    • BUC10313 front roller kit for model year 2018 and later (mower deck serial number 060,001-) 54-in. (137-cm) or 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Decks
    • BUC10329 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck
      • A template is provided for use when drilling two required holes in the mower deck lift bracket.
    • BUC10328 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck
BUC10313 front roller kit shownBUC10313 front roller kit shown
#

Optional front roller kits are available for 54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) high-capacity (HC) mower decks used on X700 Signature Series Tractors:

  • Front rollers help reduce the chance of scalping when mowing uneven lawns.
  • No extra steps are required during removal and installation of the mower deck.
    • When the front draft bracket is installed (as shown in photo), the rollers are held down in the operating position.
    • When the front draft bracket is removed, the rollers can move up to allow the mower deck to rest on the surface when driving onto the mower with the tractor during installation or removal.
  • Individual front roller kit options, depending on the mower deck:
    • BUC10313 front roller kit for model year 2018 and later (mower deck serial number 060,001-) 54-in. (137-cm) or 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Decks
    • BUC10329 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck
      • A template is provided for use when drilling two required holes in the mower deck lift bracket.
    • BUC10328 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck
BUC10313 front roller kit shownBUC10313 front roller kit shown
#

Optional front roller kits are available for 54-in. (137-cm) and 60-in. (152-cm) high-capacity (HC) mower decks used on X700 Signature Series Tractors:

  • Front rollers help reduce the chance of scalping when mowing uneven lawns.
  • No extra steps are required during removal and installation of the mower deck.
    • When the front draft bracket is installed (as shown in photo), the rollers are held down in the operating position.
    • When the front draft bracket is removed, the rollers can move up to allow the mower deck to rest on the surface when driving onto the mower with the tractor during installation or removal.
  • Individual front roller kit options, depending on the mower deck:
    • BUC10313 front roller kit for model year 2018 and later (mower deck serial number 060,001-) 54-in. (137-cm) or 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Decks
    • BUC10329 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck
      • A template is provided for use when drilling two required holes in the mower deck lift bracket.
    • BUC10328 front roller kit for model year 2013-2017 (mower deck serial number 010,001-060,000) 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck
54 HC, 60 HC Grass Groomer54 HC, 60 HC Grass Groomer

The X700 54 HC, 60 HC Grass Groomer is a lawn striping kit designed to work with John Deere’s X700 Signature Series tractors with a 54-in. (137-cm) or 60-in. (152-cm) high capacity mower deck. It's inherent characteristics of flexibility, durability, and non-weight bearing design, make it the perfect solution for pattern mowing.

Features include:

  • Sturdy steel mounting brackets
  • Easily mounts with simple hand tools (some drilling required)
  • Durable and flexible
  • Sold in cases of four


Key benefits:

  • Gives the lawn a professionally cut appearance
  • Will not damage lawns during sharp turns
  • Adjusts to varying ground conditions, bristles will flex when running over lawn objects, curbs, and during trailer loading
  • Simple height adjustment can be done in seconds
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

54 HC, 60 HC Grass Groomer

Order number: LP46468

Similar grass groomer shown - top viewSimilar grass groomer shown - top view
Similar grass groomer shown - side viewSimilar grass groomer shown - side view
Features and benefits
  • Homeowners can now achieve results just like the professionals
  • Brush is easy to adjust for varying mower cutting height
  • Brush adjusts to varying ground conditions and allows the operator to freely maneuver the vehicle without damaging the turf
  • The brush striping kit is a very economical and functional attachment

Compatible with the following:

  • 48A or 54A - 48-in. (122-cm) or 54-in. (137-cm) Side-Discharge Mower for X350, X354, X370, X380, X384, X390, X394, X570, X580, X584, and X590 (model year 2016) Tractors
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

48A or 54A - 48-in. (122-cm) and 54-in. (137-cm) grass groomer

Order number: LP63761

Mower deck leveling gaugeMower deck leveling gauge

Leveling gauge allows quick and accurate mower deck leveling and cutting height adjustment.

Can be used for:

  • Lawn tractors
  • Lawn and garden tractors
  • Riding mowers
  • Front mowers
  • Commercial walk-behind mowers
  • Zero-turn-radius mowers

Mulch Kits

MulchControl advantages and benefits
Z535M ZTrak™ with Accel Deep 48A MowerZ535M ZTrak™ with Accel Deep 48A Mower
X730 Tractor with 48A Mower DeckX730 Tractor with 48A Mower Deck

The MulchControl attachment for the 48A Mower Deck makes mulching more practical for many mowing situations because it not only does an excellent job of mulching but it also allows the mower to be easily converted for times when it is more desirable to side discharge or collect the lawn material. Advantages of mulching grass clippings include:

  • A beautiful looking lawn
  • Grass clippings not blown onto the operator, driveways, or flower beds
  • Less fertilizer use
  • Elimination of the effort needed to dispose of clippings
How MulchControl works
MulchControl baffle open (similar mower from X700 Series Tractor shown)MulchControl baffle open (similar mower from X700 Series Tractor shown)
MulchControl baffle closed (similar mower from X700 Series Tractor shown)MulchControl baffle closed (similar mower from X700 Series Tractor shown)

MulchControl is an innovative, simple design that is easy to use and maintain:

  • The MulchControl attachment includes baffles to control the flow of material under the deck.
    • The MulchControl baffle, or divider, between the left and middle spindles is about half way down. The height is designed to balance the mulching and side-discharge modes.
    • When the MulchControl baffle is open, the divider between the left and middle spindles passes a portion of the material to the discharge opening, along with the material from the middle and right spindle areas.
    • When the MulchControl baffle is closed, this material stays within the deck and gets chopped into mulch and deposited in the turf.
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed
MulchControl handleMulchControl handle
  • The MulchControl handle is located on top of the mower deck and used to open and close the discharge baffle.
    • The operator is required to get off of the machine in order to engage or disengage mulch mode.
  • Changing from mulching to side discharging or vice versa takes only a few seconds.

MulchControl is well-suited to the following mowing situations:

  • Usually mulch, but side discharge when grass gets too long
  • Usually side-discharge, but would like to be able to close the chute to control clippings
  • Always mulch a main lawn, but often side discharge secondary lawns
  • Bag clippings, but want to go farther before emptying bags
    • With 48A and 54A Mower Decks, the MulchControl baffle can be opened or closed with the Power Flow™ blower installed. The Power Flow blower will run without material when the baffle is closed.

MulchControl puts the operator in control of the clippings. The operator can have all the benefits of mulching with the ability to easily change to side discharge or bagging when needed.

MulchControl limitations

While in the side-discharge mode, MulchControl will still mulch about one third of the material. Therefore, the side-discharge mode is essentially a partial-mulch mode. This can be an advantage when side discharging or bagging, as it helps to reduce the amount of material being discharged. Other times this could work as a disadvantage:

  • When cutting strong southern grasses, such as Zoysia and Bermuda
  • When cutting in wet, high-growth conditions, such as those found in the Pacific Northwest United States
  • When optimum bagging and lawn clean-up is desired
48 HC mulching attachment48 HC mulching attachment
#

These mulching attachments are designed for the high-capacity mower decks. This design requires no drilling for initial mounting, less installation time, and reduced hardware count for easy removal of the mulching components.

 

Steel baffles control material and close off the discharge area. Special mulching blades are included to optimize mulching performance. These blades can also be used for side-discharging or material collection (if a material collection system is available), though performance may be reduced in some conditions.

 

NOTE: A material collection system is not available for the EZtrak™ Z665 Mower.

MulchControl advantages and benefits
X730 Tractor mowingX730 Tractor mowing
EZtrak™ Z655 mowingEZtrak™ Z655 mowing

The MulchControl attachment for the 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck makes mulching more practical for many mowing situations because it not only does an excellent job of mulching but it also allows the mower to be easily converted for times when it is more desirable to side discharge or collect the lawn material. Advantages of mulching grass clippings include:

  • A beautiful looking lawn
  • Grass clippings not blown onto the operator, driveways, or flower beds
  • Less fertilizer use
  • Elimination of the effort needed to dispose of clippings
How MulchControl works
MulchControl baffle openMulchControl baffle open
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed

MulchControl is an innovative, simple design that is easy to use and maintain:

  • The MulchControl attachment includes baffles to control the flow of material under the deck.
    • The left mower blade area is completely enclosed and optimized for mulching, thus will mulch even when the mower is in the side-discharge mode.
    • Baffles around the center and right blades are optimized for mulching when the discharge baffle is closed.
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed
MulchControl handleMulchControl handle
  • The MulchControl handle is located on top of the mower deck and used to open and close the discharge baffle.
    • The operator is required to get off of the machine in order to engage or disengage mulch mode.
  • Changing from mulching to side discharge or vice versa takes only a few seconds.

MulchControl is well-suited to the following mowing situations:

  • Usually mulch, but side discharge when grass gets too long
  • Usually side-discharge, but would like to be able to close the chute to control clippings
  • Always mulch a main lawn, but often side discharge secondary lawns
  • Bag clippings, but want to go farther before emptying bags
    • The MulchControl baffle can be opened or closed with the Power Flow™ blower installed. The Power Flow blower will run without material when the baffle is closed.

MulchControl puts the operator in control of the clippings. The operator can have all the benefits of mulching with the ability to easily change to side discharge or bagging when needed.

Hydraulic MulchControl actuator option (X700 Series Tractors)

For model year 2019 and newer 54 HC and 60 HC Mower Decks (serial number 070,001-), an extra-cost, optional X700 hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment (BUC10536) is available to replace the standard hand-control lever to allow control of the MulchControl baffle from the seat using the tractor’s hydraulic control lever:

  • The hydraulic MulchControl actuator is the control only and also requires a MulchControl attachment.
  • It is operated with the tractor’s hydraulic control lever.
  • The mower deck can be converted from wide-open side-discharge mode to fully-chambered mulch mode.
  • The hydraulic MulchControl attachment is field-installed.
MulchControl limitations

While in the side-discharge mode, MulchControl will still mulch about one third of the material. Therefore, the side-discharge mode is essentially a partial-mulch mode. This can be an advantage when side discharging or bagging, as it helps to reduce the amount of material being discharged. Other times this could work as a disadvantage:

  • When cutting strong southern grasses, such as Zoysia and Bermuda
  • When cutting in wet, high-growth conditions, such as those found in the Pacific Northwest United States
  • When optimum bagging and lawn clean-up is desired
Compatibility

MulchControl for 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Decks is a field-installed attachment and compatible with the following:

  • Model year 2015 and newer X700 Signature Series Tractor 9074M or 9078M 54-in. (137-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 030,001-)
  • Model year 2015 and newer EZtrak Z625 and Z655 (serial number 170,001-)
  • Model year 2016 ZTrak™ Z535R and Z540R
48 HC mulching attachment48 HC mulching attachment
#

These mulching attachments are designed for the high-capacity mower decks. This design requires no drilling for initial mounting, less installation time, and reduced hardware count for easy removal of the mulching components.

 

Steel baffles control material and close off the discharge area. Special mulching blades are included to optimize mulching performance. These blades can also be used for side-discharging or material collection (if a material collection system is available), though performance may be reduced in some conditions.

 

NOTE: A material collection system is not available for the EZtrak™ Z665 Mower.

MulchControl advantages and benefits
X730 Tractor mowingX730 Tractor mowing
EZtrak™ Z665 mowingEZtrak™ Z665 mowing

The MulchControl attachment for the 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck makes mulching more practical for many mowing situations because it not only does an excellent job of mulching but it also allows the mower to be easily converted for times when it is more desirable to side discharge or collect the lawn material. Advantages of mulching grass clippings include:

  • A beautiful looking lawn
  • Grass clippings not blown onto the operator, driveways, or flower beds
  • Less fertilizer use
  • Elimination of the effort needed to dispose of clippings

 

How MulchControl works
MulchControl baffle openMulchControl baffle open
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed

MulchControl is an innovative, simple design that is easy to use and maintain:

  • The MulchControl attachment includes baffles to control the flow of material under the deck.
    • The left mower blade area is completely enclosed and optimized for mulching, thus will mulch even when the mower is in the side-discharge mode.
    • Baffles around the center and right blades are optimized for mulching when the discharge baffle is closed.
MulchControl handle
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed
MulchControl handleMulchControl handle
  • The MulchControl handle is located on top of the mower deck and used to open and close the discharge baffle.
    • The operator is required to get off of the machine in order to engage or disengage mulch mode.
  • Changing from mulching to side discharge or vice versa takes only a few seconds.

MulchControl is well-suited to the following mowing situations:

  • Usually mulch, but side-discharge when grass gets too long
  • Usually side discharge, but would like to be able to close the chute to control clippings
  • Always mulch a main lawn, but often side discharge secondary lawns
  • Bag clippings, but want to go farther before emptying bags
    • The MulchControl baffle can be opened or closed with the Power Flow™ blower installed. The Power Flow blower will run without material when the baffle is closed.

MulchControl puts the operator in control of the clippings. The operator can have all the benefits of mulching with the ability to easily change to side-discharge or bagging when needed.

Hydraulic MulchControl actuator option (X700 Series Tractors)

For model year 2019 and newer 54 HC and 60 HC Mower Decks (serial number 070,001-), an extra-cost, optional X700 hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment (BUC10536) is available to replace the standard hand-control lever to allow control of the MulchControl baffle from the seat using the tractor’s hydraulic control lever:

  • The hydraulic MulchControl actuator is the control only and also requires a MulchControl attachment.
  • It is operated with the tractor’s hydraulic control lever.
  • The mower deck can be converted from wide-open side-discharge mode to fully-chambered mulch mode.
  • The hydraulic MulchControl attachment is field-installed.
MulchControl limitations

While in the side-discharge mode, MulchControl will still mulch about one third of the material. Therefore, the side-discharge mode is essentially a partial-mulch mode. This can be an advantage when side discharging or bagging, as it helps to reduce the amount of material being discharged. Other times this could work as a disadvantage:

  • When cutting strong southern grasses, such as Zoysia and Bermuda
  • When cutting in wet, high-growth conditions, such as those found in the Pacific Northwest United States
  • When optimum bagging and lawn clean-up is desired
Compatibility

MulchControl for 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Decks is a field-installed attachment and compatible with the following:

  • Model year 2015 and newer X700 Signature Series Tractor 9075M or 9079M 60-in. (152-cm) HC Mower Deck (serial number 030,001-)
  • Model year 2015 and newer EZtrak Z665 (serial number 170,001-)
  • Model year 2016 and newer ZTrak™ Z540R
Hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment installedHydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment installed
Tractor hydraulic control leversTractor hydraulic control levers

The hydraulic MulchControl attachment is compatible 54 HC and 60 HC Mower Decks (serial number 070,001-).

It gives the operator from-the-seat control of the MulchControl baffle with the tractor’s hydraulic lever. A mower deck equipped with the hydraulic MulchControl actuator option not only does an excellent job of mowing and mulching, but it can also be quickly converted to side discharge or mulch mode with the touch of the hydraulic control lever.

How hydraulic MulchControl works

A tractor equipped with the X700 hydraulic attachment, in addition to a MulchControl attachment, delivers unprecedented levels of productivity and versatility. The tractor hydraulic control lever provides the operator with the ability to conveniently change between side discharging and mulching without leaving the tractor seat. A heavy-duty baffle opens and closes easily with a move of the tractor’s hydraulic control lever.

Hydraulic cylinderHydraulic cylinder
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed

A dependable hydraulic cylinder is used to close and open the mulching baffle. The mower deck can easily be converted from side discharge mode to mulch mode or vice versa in a few seconds by activating the tractor’s hydraulic control lever.

MulchControl baffle openMulchControl baffle open
MulchControl baffle closedMulchControl baffle closed
Compatibility

The hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment (BUC10536) is field installed and compatible with a 54 HC or 60 HC MulchControl attachment installed on model year 2019 and newer 54 HC and 60 HC Mower Decks (serial number 070,001-). X700 Signature Series Tractors, model year 2013 and newer, can be used with model year 2019 (serial number 070,001-) 54 HC and 60 HC mower decks.

NOTE: BCU10536 hydraulic MulchControl actuator attachment provides only the hydraulic control function; a 54 HC or 60 HC MulchControl attachment must be purchased separately, BM26300 MulchControl attachment (54 HC) or BM25258 MulchControl attachment (60 HC).

Protection

Brush guardBrush guard
Brush guard installed on Signature Series TractorBrush guard installed on Signature Series Tractor

Features include:

  • The brush guard kit mounts to the front frame of the tractor quickly without tools.
  • Brush guard kit will easily tilt forward to enable the customer to raise the hood for engine compartment access.
  • The brush guard must be removed before installing front-mounted implements or the front 9-weight bracket.
Protective cover (large deluxe)Protective cover (large deluxe)

Cover provides heavy-duty protection for Select Series™ X300, X500, and X700 Tractors.

Features include:

  • Wipe-clean reinforced bottom around mower deck
  • Easy-on side handles makes snugging down cover a snap
  • Dual reinforced air vents let air circulate and help prevent ballooning in wind
  • Interior lining and integrated muffler heat shield
  • Heavy-duty fabric will not shrink or stretch and is coated for maximum water resistance
  • Easy-on split back for fast fitting and easy access after installation
  • Handy storage pocket reverses into an attractive storage case
  • Two-year warranty
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Protective cover (large deluxe)

Order number: LP93647

X700 Signature Series Seat CoverX700 Signature Series Seat Cover
#
Deluxe Seat Cover for X700 Signature Series Riding Mowers protects seats against sun damage, rain and dirt with a cushioned seat for extra comfort. Fabric coated for maximum water resistance and repellency with two-piece construction accommodates the folding seat. One zippered side accessory pocket on seat bottom. Fits seat backs up to 21 in. (53 cm)
Ordering information

Contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

X700 Signature Series Seat Cover

Order number: LP47913

Rear Hitch

Category 0 3-point hitchCategory 0 3-point hitch

The 3-point hitch increases versatility of the tractor by providing a common means of mounting a variety of rear equipment.

Features include:

  • Hitch is raised and lowered with tractor hydraulic control lever.
  • Left and right screw-type draft arm height adjusters make it easy to level or tilt three-point hitch mounted equipment.
  • Hitch is equipped with depth stop that works independently of tractor's mower cut-height adjustment for added convenience and versatility.
  • Tractor is designed to readily accept the three-point hitch (rear hydraulics, hydraulic cylinder, and rockshaft bearings are standard equipment).
  • The depth stop must be locked up when transporting attachments.

NOTE: Front weights may be needed to stabilize steering when using rear-mounted implements.

Category 0 3-point hitch dimensionsCategory 0 3-point hitch dimensions

Hitch dimensions are shown in the illustration.

A - Ball socket inside dimension 0.65 in. (16.5 mm)
B - Pin hole inside dimension 0.63 in. (16 mm)
C - 20 in. (508 mm)
D - 12 in. (305 mm)

 Lower arm lift specifications (Category 0 3-point hitch):

  • Maximum low point above ground = 7 in. (178 mm)
  • Minimum high point above ground = 20 in. (508 mm)
  • Minimum lift range = 13 in. (330 mm)
  • Lift capacity 12 in. (305 mm) behind hitch balls = 450 lb (204 kg)
Category 1 3-point hitchCategory 1 3-point hitch

The 3-point hitch provides a convenient means of attaching rear-mounted equipment to the tractor. This hitch can be used on X700 Series Tractors and also on X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors:

  • Hitch is raised and lowered with tractor hydraulic control lever.
  • Right screw-type draft arm height adjuster makes it easy to level or tilt three-point-hitch-mounted equipment.
  • Hitch is equipped with depth stop that works independently of tractor's mower cut height adjustment for added convenience and versatility.
  • The depth stop must be locked up when transporting attachments.

NOTE: Front weights may be needed to stabilize steering when using rear-mounted implements.

Limited Category 1 3-point hitch dimensionsLimited Category 1 3-point hitch dimensions

Hitch dimensions are shown in the illustration.

A - Ball socket inside dimension 0.87 in. (22 mm)
B - Pin hole inside dimension 0.75 in. (19 mm)
C - 26.8 in. (681 mm)
D - 15 to 18 in. (381 to 457 mm)

Lower arm lift specifications (Category 1 hitch):

  • Maximum low point above ground = 8.5 in. (216 mm)
  • Minimum high point above ground = 21.5 in. (546 mm)
  • Minimum lift range = 13 in. (330 mm)
  • Lift capacity at hitch balls = 1170 lbf (530.7 kgf)
  • Lift capacity 24 in. (61 cm) behind hitch balls = 405 lbf (183.7 kgf)

3-point hitch compatibility:

  • BM23882 category 1 3-point hitch (X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors, X700s) replaces BM21801 and BM22286 and is compatible in all applications in which they were used.
  • Compatible with 60-in. (152-cm) 7-IronTM Mower deck.
  • BM21801 category 1 3-point hitch can be updated to have the same components as BM22286 with a M156163 shoulder pin and 14M7296 nut to replace the pin at the rod end of the hydraulic cylinder. These components are needed to handle the extra weight of the 60 in. (152-cm) 7-Iron Mower deck.

 

Adapter kit for 3-point hitchAdapter kit for 3-point hitch

Adapter kit (BM23883) includes the parts necessary to convert an older BM21263 (Cat. 1) or BM17327 (Cat. 0) X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractor 3-point hitch for use on an X700 Series Tractor:

  • Replaces BM21804 and BM22284 adapter kits and is compatible in all applications in which they were used
  • Is compatible with the 60-in. (152-cm) 7-IronTM  Mid-Mount Mower deck
  • BM21804 adapter kit can be updated to have the same components as BM22284 with a M156163 shoulder pin and 14M7296 nut to replace the pin at the rod end of the hydraulic cylinder, needed to handle the extra weight of the 60-in. (152-cm) 7-Iron Mower deck 

Rear Power Take-off (Pto)

540-rpm rear PTO drive540-rpm rear PTO drive

The dealer-installed 540-rpm rear PTO drive increases the tractor's versatility by providing a means to drive a variety of stationary and 3-point-hitch-mounted power equipment, including rotary tillers, irrigation pumps, salt and sand spreaders, sprayers, and generators.

The male spline shaft is an integral part of the 540-rpm rear PTO drive. Equipment must have a female drive shaft end.

The rear PTO is engaged by the PTO switch on the dash. It utilizes the tractor's internal hydraulic PTO clutch to assure smooth, positive power transfer during engagement.

PTO control leverPTO control lever

A generator or other stationary attachment can be powered without an operator in the seat by placing the PTO lever in the rear-PTO-only position, setting the tractor's parking brake, and then engaging the PTO.

The PTO control lever has three positions:

  • Mid PTO only
  • Rear PTO only
    • In this position, a generator or other stationary attachment can be powered without an operator in the seat by setting the tractor's parking brake and then engaging the PTO.
  • Mid and rear PTO
Tractor compatibility

Because the PTO control module is included in the X700 Series dash, the need to install it with the 540-rpm rear PTO drive is eliminated. The non-current BM20633 540-rpm rear PTO drive can be used on X700 Series by discarding the AM120840 module.

 

BM21914 540-rpm rear PTO drive may be used on X400/X500 HDGTs with the addition of the AM120840 module.

Applications for BM21914 540-rpm rear PTO:
X700 (SN -M0X700A050496)
X720 (SN -M0X720A052263)
X720 SE (SN -M0X720A052263)
X724 (SN -M0X724A050786)
X728 (SN -M0X728A051212)
X728 SE (SN -M0X728A051212)
X729 (SN -M0X729A050582)
X740 (SN -M0X740A050873)
X744 (SN -M0X744A050263)
X748 (SN -M0X748A050810)
X748 SE (SN -M0X748A050810)
X749 (SN -M0X749A050495)

Applications for BM23588 540-rpm rear PTO: 
X700 (SN M0X700A050497- )
X720 (SN M0X720A052264- )
X720 SE (SN M0X720A052264- )
X724 (SN M0X724A050787- )
X728 (SN M0X728A051213- )
X728 SE (SN M0X728A051213- )
X729 (SN M0X729A050583- )
X740 (SN M0X740A050874- )
X744 (SN M0X744A050264- )
X748 (SN M0X748A050811- )
X748 SE (SN M0X748A050811- )
X749 (SN M0X749A050496- )
All X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758 Signature Series Tractors

Installation time

Installation requires approximately 2.5 hours for X700 Series Tractors and 4.5 hours for X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors (HDGTs).

 

Rear Wheels And Tires

26x12.00-12 turf tire shown26x12.00-12 turf tire shown

26x12.00-12 turf tires provide good traction and reduced tire pressure on lawns.

 

26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires

26x12.00-12 bar and HDAP tires provide extra traction when used with a front blade or similar equipment.

 

26x12.00-12 turf tire shown26x12.00-12 turf tire shown

26x12.00-12 turf tires provide good traction and reduced tire pressure on lawns.

 

26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires

26x12.00-12 bar and HDAP tires provide extra traction when used with a front blade or similar equipment.

 

26x12.00-12 turf tire shown26x12.00-12 turf tire shown

26x12.00-12 turf tires provide good traction and reduced tire pressure on lawns.

 

26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires

26x12.00-12 bar and HDAP tires provide extra traction when used with a front blade or similar equipment.

 

26x12.00-12 turf tire shown26x12.00-12 turf tire shown

26x12.00-12 turf tires provide good traction and reduced tire pressure on lawns.

 

26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires26x12.00-12 bar (A) and HDAP (B) tires

26x12.00-12 bar and HDAP tires provide extra traction when used with a front blade or similar equipment.

 

Seat

Optional air-ride suspension seatOptional air-ride suspension seat
Seat pressure switch and fore-aft adjustment leverSeat pressure switch and fore-aft adjustment lever

The air-ride seat minimizes vibration the operator feels while using the tractor and provides a very smooth ride. This seat has a full pneumatic suspension that is easy for operators to adjust to suit their individual needs. Wide, shaped ergonomic cushions are comfortable and reduce back strain.
 
Features include:

  • Simple switch on the front of the seat makes adjustment easy
  • Back-angle adjustment
  • Three-position lumbar adjustment
  • Armrest height adjustment
  •  7-in. (18-cm) fore-aft adjustment
  • Operator weight specification of 110-330 lb (50-150 kg)

Key benefits of the seat:

  • Provides maximum ride comfort and quality, thus minimizing operator fatigue
  • Dampens lower frequency vibration better than mechanical suspensions

NOTE: The air-ride seat is compatible with all X700 Signature Series Tractors, model year 2013 and newer (serial number 010,001-). Plug-and-play wiring harness for use with the air-ride suspension seat is included with model year 2019 and newer tractors (serial number 070,001-) to reduce seat installation time. Model year 2013-2018 tractors (serial number 010,001-070,000) require AM146765 wiring harness.

Standard seat shown with optional armrest attachmentStandard seat shown with optional armrest attachment

Armrests increase operator support and comfort, thus reducing fatigue and improving productivity, especially when mowing for extended periods of time. Armrests are a solid vinyl cushion molded in a curved ergonomic shape and adjustable to suit the operator.

This armrest kit is designed for the 21-in. (53.3-cm) professional two-piece seat shipped on model year 2019 and newer (serial number 070,001-) X700 Signature Series Tractors.

Spark Arrester

Spark arresterSpark arrester

The spark arrester is available to meet the law in the State of California requiring use of a spark arresting muffler under certain conditions.

This may also may apply in other states and Canada when needed to comply with local ordinances or customer requests.

NOTE: This law basically requires that purchasers of certain products be given written notice that it is illegal to use such machines on forest-covered, brush-covered, or grass-covered land (except watered lawns) without a spark arrester. For further information on this law, consult No. 4442.5 of the California Public Resources Code.

Sprayers

HP Category 1 3-point hitch sprayer shownHP Category 1 3-point hitch sprayer shown
Sprayer remote controlSprayer remote control

The HP Category 1, 3-point hitch sprayer is designed for the discerning customer that wants more from an electric sprayer. With a 45-U.S.-gal. (170-L) capacity, high-volume electric pump, and premium pistol grip spray gun, it provides an excellent way to apply spray materials such as liquid fertilizer, weed killer, tree spray, and de-icer. It is the perfect match for the operator who wants extreme performance, but does not have the need for power take-off (PTO) models. Cover ground quickly with flexible boom options - a 150-in. (381-cm) precision folding boom, 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless spray nozzles, or no boom at all (booms sold separately).

Features:

  • 45-gal. (170-L) tank capacity
  • 45 psi (310 kPa), 3.6 U.S. gpm (13.6 L/min) SHURflo® diaphragm-type pump designed for high hour applications and can be run dry without damage
  • Premium pistol grip spray gun, designed for single hand mist to 35-ft (10.6-m) stream
  • Lycerin-filled pressure gauge and TeeJet™ regulator valve assembly for precise sprayer calibration
  • Sprayer remote control keeps the power in your hands
  • Convenient side mount hose tender
  • Check valves in optional boom tips prevent siphoning and dripping, which can cause lawn spotting
  • Easy optional boom removal for added convenience
  • Control valve directs spray to either the optional boom or spray wand
  • Fused battery lead and wiring harness, for convenient electrical hookup
  • Rugged translucent yellow tank with molded fill level indicators (in gallons)
  • iMatch™ compatible

NOTE: Four 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights are required on the front of the X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors and X700 Series Tractors.

Optional accessories

NOTE: The 45-gal. (170-L), 3-point hitch, high-performance sprayer requires LP22884 or LP22885 boom.

HP 150‐in. (381‐cm) precision boom, LP22885

HP 150-in. (381-cm) precision boomHP 150-in. (381-cm) precision boom

The HP 150-in. (381-cm) precision boom (LP22885) is compatible with the HP Category 1 3-point hitch sprayer. The folding boom is made to cover ground quickly and thoroughly with five precision spray tips, TeeJet™ nozzle bodies, and commercial-grade diaphragm check valves. The outer tips offer versatility with built-in shut offs to allow an adjustable 90-, 120-, or 150-in. (229-, 305-, or 381-cm) spray swath.

Features include:

  • Folding spring hinge
  • Breakaway design
  • Five TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Adjustable spray swath of 90-, 120-, or 150-in. (229-, 305-, or 381-cm)
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose

24-ft (732-cm) HP boomless spray nozzles, LP22884

24-ft (732-cm) HP boomless nozzles24-ft (732-cm) HP boomless nozzles

The 24-ft (732-cm) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884) are compatible with the HP Category 1 3-point hitch sprayer. The boom is perfect for covering ground quickly and thoroughly with a 24-ft (732-cm) spray swath. It is ideal for uneven terrain or where precision spray application is not necessary.

Features include:

  • Three TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Commercial-grade diaphragm check valves
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Specifications

 

 15-gal.(57-L) tow-behind25-gal. (95-L) tow-behind25-gal. (95-L) mounted25-gal. (95-L) portable45-gal. (170-L) tow-behind45-gal. (170-L) 3-point hitchHP 45-gal. (170-L) 3-point hitch
Capacity15 U.S. gal. (57 L)25 U.S. gal. (95 L)25 U.S. gal. (95 L)25 U.S. gal. (95 L)45 U.S. gal. (170 L)45 U.S. gal. (170 L)45 U.S. gal. (170 L)
Pump
TypeElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragmElectric motor and diaphragm
ManufacturerSHURflo®SHURfloSHURfloSHURfloSHURfloSHURfloSHURflo
Operating pressure100 psi (689 kPa)100 psi (689 kPa)100 psi (689 kPa)100 psi (689 kPa)100 psi (689 kPa)100 psi (689 kPa)45 psi (310 kPa)

Current draw

7 amp7 amp7 amp7 amp7 amp7 amp7 amp
Valve materialVitonVitonVitonVitonVitonVitonViton
Diaphragm materialSantopreneSantopreneSantopreneSantopreneSantopreneSantopreneSantoprene
StrainerStainless steelStainless steelStainless steelStainless steelStainless steelStainless steelStainless steel
Boom spray width60 in. (152 cm)90 in. (229 cm)90 in. (229 cm)Not applicable120 in. (305 cm)120 in. (305 cm)Varies with boom options
Spray tip(s)TwoThreeThreeThreeThreeFourVaries with boom options
Spray flow rate2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)2.1 U.S. gpm (7.9 L/min.)3.6 U.S. gpm (13.6 L/min.)
Remote spray method19-ft (5.8-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand19-ft (5.8-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand19-ft (5.8-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand19-ft (5.8-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand20-ft (6-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand20-ft (6-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand20-ft (6-m) hose with an adjustable polypropylene handgun with 14-in. (36-cm) wand
Handgun materialPolypropylene with Viton componentsPolypropylene with Viton componentsPolypropylene with Viton componentsPolypropylene with Viton componentsPolypropylene with Viton componentsPolypropylene with Viton componentsMetal alloy and brass with Viton components
AdjustmentFan-to-streamFan-to-streamFan-to-streamFan-to-streamFan-to-streamFan-to-streamFan-to-stream
Tires4.10/3.50x4 2 PR pneumatic4.10/3.50x4 2 PR pneumatic------15x6-6 pneumatic------
Wheel bearingsRoller bearings with grease fittingRoller bearings with grease fitting------Roller bearings with grease fitting------
Axle diameter0.625 in. (1.6 cm)0.625 in. (1.6 cm)------1 in. (2.5 cm)------
HitchPin and spring clipPin and spring clip------Pin and spring clip, four height positions

Cat.1 3-Point Hitch (iMatch™ compatible)

Cat.1 3-Point Hitch (iMatch™ compatible)
Net weight44 lb (20 kg)53 lb (24 kg)32 lb (15 kg)27 lb (12 kg)80 lb (36 kg)80 lb (36 kg)80 lb (36 kg)
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

HP Category 1 3-point hitch sprayer

Order number: LP22886

NOTE: Requires 3-point hitch and four front-mounted UC13263 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights.

25-gal. (95-L) Mounted Sprayer25-gal. (95-L) Mounted Sprayer

Features and benefits:

  • 100-psi (689-kPa) SHURflo® diaphragm-type pump is designed for high-hour commercial applications; it can be run dry without damage.
  • It is easy to assemble custom mounting brackets.
    • Brackets use existing frame holes or Click-N-Go™ Brackets.
  • Brass-tipped spray wand is included as standard equipment; it is constructed of noncorrosive
    polypropylene material with Viton® components for multi-use applications.
  • Check valves in boom tips prevent siphoning and dripping, which can cause lawn spotting.
  • Control valve directs spray to either the boom or spray wand for added convenience
    and versatility.
  • Electrical hookup is simple with a convenient on/off switch.
  • Sprayer has a rugged translucent-yellow tank with molded fill-level indicators (in gallons).
  • There is a 15-second no-tools mounting after assembly.

Specifications

 Item number LP22862
 Tank capacity 25 gal. (95 L)
 Boom 60-in. (152.4-cm) boom, 90-in. (228.6-cm) spray
 Spray wand reach 30 ft (9.1 m)
 Hose length 19 ft (8 m)
 Shipping weight 35 lb (16 kg)
 Warranty 2-year consumer warranty
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

25-gal. (95-L) Mounted Sprayer for X700 Tractors

Order number: LP22862

NOTE: Requires mid-mount mower, front implement, two front wheel weights, or four front-mounted UC13263 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights.

SHURflo is a trademark of SHURflo, LLC.

Viton is a trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers.

45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

The 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer offers the ultimate in performance and versatility. With its large-capacity, high-volume electric pump, and premium pistol-grip spray gun, it provides an excellent way to apply spray materials such as liquid fertilizer, weed killer, tree spray, and de-icer. It is the perfect match for the operator who wants extreme performance. 

The heavy-duty frame rolls smoothly on 15x6 tires that minimize ground compaction and have a low profile, which maintains a low center of gravity for excellent stability. Cover ground quickly with flexible boom options: a 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision folding boom, 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless, or no boom at all (boom sold separately).

HP features:
  • 100-psi, 4.0-gpm (15-L/min) diaphragm-type pump is designed for high-hour applications and can be run dry without damage
  • Redesigned frame cuts assembly time by 20 minutes compared to previous models
  • Booms (sold separately) ship pre assembled
  • Premium pistol-grip spray gun, designed for single-hand mist to 35-ft (10.7-m) stream
  • Front-mount hose tender for easy hose access and storage
  • Glycerin-filled pressure gauge
  • TeeJet™ pressure regulation/recirculation valve
  • Includes sprayer remote control
Additional features
  • Easy boom removal for added convenience
  • Control valve channels spray to either the boom or spray wand
  • Rugged translucent yellow tank with molded fill-level indicators (in gal.)
Boom options (sold separately):
  • 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision spray boom
  • 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless spray nozzles
Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom (LP22885)
HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boomHP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom

The HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom (LP22885) is compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The folding boom is made to cover ground quickly and thoroughly with five precision spray tips, TeeJet nozzle bodies, and commercial-grade diaphragm check valves. The outer tips offer versatility with built-in shut-offs to allow an adjustable 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m) spray swath.

Features include:
  • Folding spring hinge
  • Breakaway design
  • Five TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Adjustable spray swath of 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m)
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Optional 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884)
24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles

The 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884) are compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The boom is perfect for covering ground quickly and thoroughly with a 24-ft (7.3-m) spray swath. It is ideal for uneven terrain or where precision spray application is not necessary.

Features include:
  • Three TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Commercial-grade diaphragm check valves
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.


45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer
Order number: LP39963

Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom
Order number: LP22885

Optional HP boomless spray nozzles
Order number: LP22884

TeeJet is a trademark of Spraying Systems Company.

15-gal. (57-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer15-gal. (57-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Sprayer comes complete with a boom that sprays 60 in. (152.4 cm) wide. It also has a 12-ft (3.7-m) hose with an adjustable handgun for spot spraying lawns, shrubs, etc.

Features include:

  • This sprayer is an excellent choice for spraying small- to moderate-size lawns and shrubs.
  • Handgun with adjustable spray pattern is helpful when spraying fruit trees and can be used to spray trees up to 30-ft (9.1-m) high.
  • A 14-in. (35.6-cm) wand on the handgun is standard equipment to give added convenience when spraying trees.

NOTE: Sprayers are compatible with competitive tractors (if equipped with a 12-V battery and charging system).

This sprayer is especially suited for maintaining residential and small commercial properties:

  • Sprayers provide an excellent way to apply liquid fertilizer.
  • Herbicides and pesticides can be applied along with liquid fertilizer or separately.

Advantages of using liquid fertilizer over dry fertilizer:

  • Fertilizer is more readily available to plants.
  • The fertilizer need not be worked into the soil by watering or rain before it will work.
  • Herbicides are more effective when applied with liquid fertilizer.

NOTE: Use these sprayers with liquid-base lawn care chemicals only. They are not recommended for wettable powders as no agitating system is provided to prevent particles from separating out.

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

15-gal. (57-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Order number: LP19478

25-gal. (95-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer25-gal. (95-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Sprayer comes with a wider boom that sprays a 90 in. (228.6 cm) width. A 15-ft (4.6-m) hose and handgun are provided.

Features include:

  • 100 psi Shurflo® diaphragm-type pump is designed for high hour commercial applications. It can be run dry without damage.
  • Sprayer is designed to be a good choice for customers with larger lawns with trees to care for or for light commercial spraying.
  • Handgun with adjustable spray pattern is helpful when spraying fruit trees and can be used to spray trees up to 30 ft (9.1 m) in height.
  • The 14-in. (35.6-cm) wand on the handgun is included as standard equipment.

NOTE: Sprayers are compatible with competitive tractors (if equipped with a 12-V battery and charging system).

This sprayer is especially suited for maintaining residential and small commercial properties.

  • Sprayers provide an excellent way to apply liquid fertilizer.
  • Herbicides and pesticides can be applied along with liquid fertilizer or separately.

Advantages of using liquid fertilizer over dry fertilizer:

  • Fertilizer is more readily available to plants.
  • The fertilizer need not be worked into the soil by watering or rain before it will work.
  • Herbicides are more effective when applied with liquid fertilizer.

NOTE: Use this sprayer with liquid-based lawn care chemicals only. It is not recommended for wettable powders as no agitating system is provided to prevent particles from separating out.

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

25-gal. (95-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Order number: LP19479

SHURflo is a trademark of SHURflo, LLC.

45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Features include:

  • Tow-behind; equipped with 4-position hitch.

Tow-behind sprayer is equipped with a boom that sprays a wide 120-in. (308.4-cm) width. The 45-gal.(170-L) sprayer is capable of covering more area with less refills:

  • 100 psi Shurflo® diaphragm-type pump is designed for high hour commercial applications. It can be run dry without damage.
  • The large capacity saves time by eliminating refills to finish larger lawns.
  • The 19-ft (5.8-m) hose and handgun are helpful when spraying trees or other remote areas that cannot be reached with the sprayer itself.
  • A 14-in. (35.6-cm) wand on the handgun is standard equipment.

NOTE: Sprayers are compatible with competitive tractors (if equipped with a 12-V battery and charging system).

This liquid sprayer is especially suited for maintaining residential and small commercial properties:

  • Sprayers provide an excellent way to apply liquid fertilizer.
  • Herbicides and pesticides can be applied along with liquid fertilizer or separately

Advantages of using liquid fertilizer over dry fertilizer:

  • Fertilizer more readily available to plants
  • The fertilizer need not be worked into the soil by watering or rain before it will work
  • Herbicides are more effective when applied with liquid fertilizer

NOTE: Use this sprayer with liquid-based lawn care chemicals only. It is not recommended for wettable powders as no agitating system is provided to prevent particles from separating out.

SHURflo is a trademark of SHURflo, LLC.

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information,

45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

Order number: LP20485

Wiring harness extensionWiring harness extension

30-in. long wiring harness extension is available if required for reaching the vehicle battery when using John Deere sprayers.

Sprayers

45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

The 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer offers the ultimate in performance and versatility. With its large-capacity, high-volume electric pump, and premium pistol-grip spray gun, it provides an excellent way to apply spray materials such as liquid fertilizer, weed killer, tree spray, and de-icer. It is the perfect match for the operator who wants extreme performance. 

The heavy-duty frame rolls smoothly on 15x6 tires that minimize ground compaction and have a low profile, which maintains a low center of gravity for excellent stability. Cover ground quickly with flexible boom options: a 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision folding boom, 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless, or no boom at all (boom sold separately).

HP features:
  • 100-psi, 4.0-gpm (15-L/min) diaphragm-type pump is designed for high-hour applications and can be run dry without damage
  • Redesigned frame cuts assembly time by 20 minutes compared to previous models
  • Booms (sold separately) ship pre assembled
  • Premium pistol-grip spray gun, designed for single-hand mist to 35-ft (10.7-m) stream
  • Front-mount hose tender for easy hose access and storage
  • Glycerin-filled pressure gauge
  • TeeJet™ pressure regulation/recirculation valve
  • Includes sprayer remote control
Additional features
  • Easy boom removal for added convenience
  • Control valve channels spray to either the boom or spray wand
  • Rugged translucent yellow tank with molded fill-level indicators (in gal.)
Boom options (sold separately):
  • 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision spray boom
  • 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless spray nozzles
Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom (LP22885)
HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boomHP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom

The HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom (LP22885) is compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The folding boom is made to cover ground quickly and thoroughly with five precision spray tips, TeeJet nozzle bodies, and commercial-grade diaphragm check valves. The outer tips offer versatility with built-in shut-offs to allow an adjustable 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m) spray swath.

Features include:
  • Folding spring hinge
  • Breakaway design
  • Five TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Adjustable spray swath of 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m)
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Optional 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884)
24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles

The 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884) are compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The boom is perfect for covering ground quickly and thoroughly with a 24-ft (7.3-m) spray swath. It is ideal for uneven terrain or where precision spray application is not necessary.

Features include:
  • Three TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Commercial-grade diaphragm check valves
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.


45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer
Order number: LP39963

Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom
Order number: LP22885

Optional HP boomless spray nozzles
Order number: LP22884

TeeJet is a trademark of Spraying Systems Company.

45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer45-gal. (170-L) Tow-Behind Sprayer

The 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer offers the ultimate in performance and versatility. With its large-capacity, high-volume electric pump, and premium pistol-grip spray gun, it provides an excellent way to apply spray materials such as liquid fertilizer, weed killer, tree spray, and de-icer. It is the perfect match for the operator who wants extreme performance. 

The heavy-duty frame rolls smoothly on 15x6 tires that minimize ground compaction and have a low profile, which maintains a low center of gravity for excellent stability. Cover ground quickly with flexible boom options: a 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision folding boom, 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless, or no boom at all (boom sold separately).

HP features:
  • 100-psi, 4.0-gpm (15-L/min) diaphragm-type pump is designed for high-hour applications and can be run dry without damage
  • Redesigned frame cuts assembly time by 20 minutes compared to previous models
  • Booms (sold separately) ship pre assembled
  • Premium pistol-grip spray gun, designed for single-hand mist to 35-ft (10.7-m) stream
  • Front-mount hose tender for easy hose access and storage
  • Glycerin-filled pressure gauge
  • TeeJet™ pressure regulation/recirculation valve
  • Includes sprayer remote control
Additional features
  • Easy boom removal for added convenience
  • Control valve channels spray to either the boom or spray wand
  • Rugged translucent yellow tank with molded fill-level indicators (in gal.)
Boom options (sold separately):
  • 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision spray boom
  • 24-ft (7.3-m) boomless spray nozzles
Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom (LP22885)
HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boomHP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom

The HP 12.5-ft (3.8-m) precision boom (LP22885) is compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The folding boom is made to cover ground quickly and thoroughly with five precision spray tips, TeeJet nozzle bodies, and commercial-grade diaphragm check valves. The outer tips offer versatility with built-in shut-offs to allow an adjustable 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m) spray swath.

Features include:
  • Folding spring hinge
  • Breakaway design
  • Five TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Adjustable spray swath of 7.5-, 10-, or 12.5-ft (2.3-, 3.05-, or 3.8-m)
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Optional 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884)
24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless nozzles

The 24-ft (7.3-m) HP boomless spray nozzles (LP22884) are compatible with the 45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer. The boom is perfect for covering ground quickly and thoroughly with a 24-ft (7.3-m) spray swath. It is ideal for uneven terrain or where precision spray application is not necessary.

Features include:
  • Three TeeJet tips and nozzle bodies
  • Commercial-grade diaphragm check valves
  • 0.5-in. (1.3-cm) rubber hose
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.


45-gal. (170-L) HP Tow-Behind Sprayer
Order number: LP39963

Optional HP 12.5‐ft (3.8‐m) precision boom
Order number: LP22885

Optional HP boomless spray nozzles
Order number: LP22884

TeeJet is a trademark of Spraying Systems Company.

Spreaders

5-cu ft (142-L) Click-N-Go Drop Spreader5-cu ft (142-L) Click-N-Go Drop Spreader
Drop Spreader mounted on Signature Series TractorDrop Spreader mounted on Signature Series Tractor

The 43-in. (109-cm) drop width is ideal for salting sidewalks and is well suited for snow and ice contractors, colleges and universities, hospital and health campuses, municipalities, schools, retirement campuses, and more. With the large 5 cu ft (142 L) of material capacity, operators spend more time spreading and less time filling.

Features:

  • Heavy-duty, all stainless-steel construction with stainless-steel fasteners
  • Industry-exclusive no-tools removable rotor tray for easy and complete clean out
  • Rugged, easy-to-use control box for on/off, feed rate (rotor speed), and vibration on/off
  • No-tools, six-position adjustable gate for precision rate control of granular materials
  • Rock salt, ice melt, sand, fertilizer, lime, and topsoil compatible
  • Simple, durable, and reliable drives fully enclosed in stainless-steel shielding
  • Segmented, stainless-steel rotor for accurate metering of material
  • Operator-controlled vibration motor to eliminate bridging of material
  • Isolation-mounted tray dampens vibrations

Specifications:

  • Material volume: 5 cu ft (0.14 m3)
  • Material capacity: 380 lb (172 kg)
  • Weight empty: 194 lb (88 kg)
  • Weight full: 574 lb (260 kg)
  • Spreading width: 43 in. (109 cm)
  • Rotor speed: 1.3 to 6 rpm
  • Electrical: 12 V

Tractor compatibility:

  • Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors (HDGTs): X465, X475, X485, X495, X575, X585, and X595 
  • X700 Ultimate Series Tractors: X700, X720, X724, X728, X729, X740, X744, X748, and X749
  • X700 Signature Series Tractors: X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758
Click-N-Go bracketsClick-N-Go brackets

Click-N-Go brackets are required for mounting the drop spreader on the tractor:

  • Mount on the rear of the tractor to provide a quick and easy way to install and remove rear-mounted equipment
  • Allow easy installation and removal of various rear attachments such as the rear bagger, ballast box, and drop spreader
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

5-cu ft (142-L) Click-N-Go Drop Spreader

Order number: LP53522

NOTE: BM20714 Click-N-Go brackets are required for mounting the drop spreader on the tractor. Requires front implement or four front-mounted UC13263 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights.

Mounted electric spreaderMounted electric spreader

The mounted electric broadcast spreader for Select Series and Signature Series Tractors is ideal for medium- to large-size jobs and can be used to apply fertilizer, weed killer, sand, lime, and de-icer:

  • Compatible with X300 and X500 Select Series and X700 Signature Series Tractors
    • X300 Series Tractors must be equipped with 35-lb (16-kg) front wheel weights or front weight bracket and two 42-lb (19.1-kg) Quik-Tatch weights.
    • The electric broadcast spreader is not compatible with the X300R Rear Discharge Tractor.
    • When used on X700 Series Tractors, the spreader is not compatible with the weather enclosure, cabs, rear receiver hitch, or 3-point hitch.

Key features are as follows:

  • 125-lb (57-kg) capacity injection molded poly hopper
  • Durable welded, powder-coat frame
  • Ice-melt capability
  • Gear motor with 5-to-1 reducer
  • Stainless-steel shutoff plates
  • Directional control
  • Hopper cover is standard equipment
  • Available option: Barrier shield, 125-lb (57-kg) spreader
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Select Series Electric Spreader

Item number: LP35439

Spreader barrier shieldSpreader barrier shield

The barrier shield is used to direct product downward (36-in. [914-mm] width), converting the rotary spreader into a drop spreader. Perfect for ice melt and salt spreading, or for targeting specific areas.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

125-lb electric broadcast spreader barrier shield
Order number: LP23117

 

125-lb (57-kg) Pull-Type Spin Spreader 125-lb (57-kg) Pull-Type Spin Spreader

John Deere spin spreaders have features and a choice of sizes to satisfy many operators. They are a popular attachment for both homeowner and commercial operators who use them for even distribution of a variety of materials:

  • Seed
  • Fertilizer
  • Insecticide
  • Salt

All spreaders have rust-resistant stainless-steel or polyethylene hoppers as well as many stainless-steel components to ensure lasting appearance and long, trouble-free operation.

Features include:

  • Positive on/off system (no cables)
  • 125-lb (57-kg) capacity corrosion-resistant polyurethane hopper
  • 13-in. (33-cm) pneumatic tires for easy rolling
  • Enclosed gearbox (metal gears)
  • Ergonomic dual handle featuring Accu-way™
  • Accu-way even spread pattern adjustment
  • Includes screen and cover

Accu-way is a trademark of Spyker Spreaders, Inc.

Hopper screen and throat opening
Hopper screen and throat openingHopper screen and throat opening

Hopper screens keep out debris and serve as chunk graters.

A stainless-steel hopper bottom plate/throat opening resists rust and corrosion, which extends the life of the spreader.

Spinner
SpinnerSpinner

Spinners are made of high-impact plastic that will not crack or break.

Dial-A-Matic rate control
Dial-A-Matic rate controlDial-A-Matic rate control

The Dial-A-Matic rate control lets the operator fine-tune the rate application:

  • Dial position locks and unlocks automatically.
  • More than 80 settings provide an accurate application of materials.
Specifications

 

 125-lb (57-kg) Pull-Type Spreader175-lb (79-kg) Pull-Type Spreader
Recommended marketHomeownerHomeowner
TypeTow-behindTow-behind
Bundle numberLP25353 
Box capacity125 lb (57 kg), 2.5 cu ft (0.07 m3)175 lb (79 kg), 3.5 cu ft (0.1 m3)
Hopper size, in. (cm)14.5x25.25x19.75 (36.8x64.1x50.2)18.5x27.5x21.5 (47x69.9x54.6)
No-rust versatility
HopperPolyethylenePolyethylene
Hopper screenAluminumAluminum
Hopper bottom plateStainless steelStainless steel
Throat opening, in. (cm)0.81x2.75 (2.1x7)0.81x2.75 (2.1x7)
Connecting hardwareStainless steelStainless steel
Accurate application
Rate control80-setting Dial-A-Matic knob80-setting Dial-A-Matic knob
Rate gateNo-stick nylonNo-stick nylon
Rate gate linkageStainless steelStainless steel
Even dispersal
Spinner, in. (cm)12 (366)12 (366)
Spread pattern, ft (m)10 to 12 (3.1 to 3.7) wide10 to 12 (3.1 to 3.7) wide
Spread pattern equalizerAccu-way™Accu-way
Spinner shaftZinc-plated steelZinc-plated steel
Rotary agitatorStainless steelStainless steel
Miscellaneous
FramePowder-coated gloss enamel, 16 ga, 0.6 in. (1.5 mm) 1.13-in. (2.86-cm) tubular steelPowder-coated gloss enamel, 16 ga, 0.6 in. (1.5 mm), 1.25-in. (3.2-cm) tubular steel
Frame width, in. (cm)18 (45.7)18 (45.7)
Drive gearsHeavy-duty die-cast metalHeavy-duty die-cast metal
Axle0.63-in. (15.9-cm) solid steel, zinc plated0.63-in. (15.9-cm) solid steel, zinc plated
Wheels/tires13-in. x 5-in. (33-cm x 13-cm) pneumatic13-in. x 5-in. (33-cm x 13-cm) pneumatic
Recommended travel speed3.5 mph (5.6 km/h)3.5 mph (5.6 km/h)
WarrantyOne-year limitedOne-year limited
Net weight, lb (kg)29 (13.2)34 (15.4)

 

Accu-way is a trademark of Spyker Spreaders, Inc.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

125-lb Pull-Type Spin Spreader

Order number: LP25353

175-lb (79-kg) Pull Spreader175-lb (79-kg) Pull Spreader

John Deere spin spreaders have features and a choice of sizes to satisfy many operators. They are a popular attachment for both homeowner and commercial operators who use them for even distribution of a variety of materials:

  • Seed
  • Fertilizer
  • Insecticide
  • Salt

All spreaders have rust-resistant stainless-steel or polyethylene hoppers as well as many stainless-steel components to ensure lasting appearance and long, trouble-free operation.

Features include:

  • Positive on/off system (no cables)
  • 175-lb (79.4-kg) capacity corrosion-resistant polyurethane hopper
  • 13-in. (33-cm) pneumatic tires for easy rolling
  • Fully enclosed gear box with metal gears for long life
  • Accu-way even spread pattern adjustment
  • Includes screen and cover

 

Hopper screen and throat opening
Hopper screen and throat openingHopper screen and throat opening

Hopper screens keep out debris and serve as chunk graters.

A stainless-steel hopper bottom plate/throat opening resists rust and corrosion, which extends the life of the spreader.

Spinner
SpinnerSpinner

Spinners are made of high-impact plastic that will not crack or break.

Dial-A-Matic rate control
Dial-A-Matic rate controlDial-A-Matic rate control

The Dial-A-Matic rate control lets the operator fine-tune the rate application:

  • Dial position locks and unlocks automatically.
  • More than 80 settings provide an accurate application of materials.
Specifications

 

 125-lb (57-kg) Pull-Type Spreader175-lb (79-kg) Pull-Type Spreader
Recommended marketHomeownerHomeowner
TypeTow-behindTow-behind
Bundle numberLP25353 
Box capacity125 lb (57 kg), 2.5 cu ft (0.07 m3)175 lb (79 kg), 3.5 cu ft (0.1 m3)
Hopper size, in. (cm)14.5x25.25x19.75 (36.8x64.1x50.2)18.5x27.5x21.5 (47x69.9x54.6)
No-rust versatility
HopperPolyethylenePolyethylene
Hopper screenAluminumAluminum
Hopper bottom plateStainless steelStainless steel
Throat opening, in. (cm)0.81x2.75 (2.1x7)0.81x2.75 (2.1x7)
Connecting hardwareStainless steelStainless steel
Accurate application
Rate control80-setting Dial-A-Matic knob80-setting Dial-A-Matic knob
Rate gateNo-stick nylonNo-stick nylon
Rate gate linkageStainless steelStainless steel
Even dispersal
Spinner, in. (cm)12 (366)12 (366)
Spread pattern, ft (m)10 to 12 (3.1 to 3.7) wide10 to 12 (3.1 to 3.7) wide
Spread pattern equalizerAccu-way™Accu-way
Spinner shaftZinc-plated steelZinc-plated steel
Rotary agitatorStainless steelStainless steel
Miscellaneous
FramePowder-coated gloss enamel, 16 ga, 0.6 in. (1.5 mm) 1.13-in. (2.86-cm) tubular steelPowder-coated gloss enamel, 16 ga, 0.6 in. (1.5 mm), 1.25-in. (3.2-cm) tubular steel
Frame width, in. (cm)18 (45.7)18 (45.7)
Drive gearsHeavy-duty die-cast metalHeavy-duty die-cast metal
Axle0.63-in. (15.9-cm) solid steel, zinc plated0.63-in. (15.9-cm) solid steel, zinc plated
Wheels/tires13-in. x 5-in. (33-cm x 13-cm) pneumatic13-in. x 5-in. (33-cm x 13-cm) pneumatic
Recommended travel speed3.5 mph (5.6 km/h)3.5 mph (5.6 km/h)
WarrantyOne-year limitedOne-year limited
Net weight, lb (kg)29 (13.2)34 (15.4)


Accu-way is a trademark of Spyker Spreaders, Inc.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

175-lb Pull-Type Spin Spreader
Order number: LP25354

3-cu ft (85-L) Broadcast Salt Spreader3-cu ft (85-L) Broadcast Salt Spreader

The 3-cu ft (85-L) Broadcast Salt Spreader is a high-capacity spreader for medium- to large-size jobs. The heavy-duty motor and vertical high-flow auger can handle rock salt or other ice-melt products with ease. A capacity of 3 cu ft (85 L) or 240 lb (109 kg), means less stopping to refill the hopper and more time spreading. Compatibility with the X700 Weather Enclosure helps the operator to stay warm and dry. The easy-to-use control box provides fingertip control of spread width and on/off function.

Features:

  • Powder-coated steel frame
  • Easy to install and remove using the Click-N-Go™ hitch
  • Rugged, easy-to-use control box for on/off and variable spread width
  • Nylon glass-reinforced spinner for ultimate corrosion resistance
  • Heavy-duty 1/3-hp electric motor

Specifications:

  • Volume: 3.0 cu ft (0.1 m3)
  • Material weight: 240 lb (109 kg)
  • Spreading width: up to 20 ft (6.1 m)
  • Auger diameter: 3 in. (7.6 cm)
  • Spinner diameter: 10 in. (25.4 cm)
  • Motor: 12 V, 1/3 hp, semi sealed

Tractor compatibility:

  • Compatible with X700 Series Tractors
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

3-cu ft (85-L) Broadcast Salt Spreader

Order number: LP67403

NOTE: Requires BM20714 Click-N-Go bracket. Requires front implement or four front-mounted UC13263 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights.

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Aerator Spreader40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Aerator Spreader
#

The 40-in. (102-cm) Aerator Spreader can do two jobs at once. It perforates the soil while the calibrated drop-spreader follows with seed, lime, or fertilizer. It can also be used to just aerate the lawn:

  • 40-in. (102-cm) width, with up to 2 in. (5.1 cm) of penetration
  • 132 steel-tine tips on 8-in. (20-cm) diameter tine stars
  • Three-position, full-sized lift lever
  • Direct spreader drive for consistent performance
  • Adjustable flow control
  • 100-lb (45-kg) spreader capacity
  • 4.10/3.5-4 pneumatic tires for easy pulling
  • 75-lb (34-kg) capacity weight tray
Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications 

Width 40 in. (101.6 cm)
Aerator depth Up to 2 in. (5.1 cm), two positions
Spreader capacity 100 lb (45 kg)
Tines
Number of tips132
Diameter8 in. (20.3 cm)
MaterialSteel
Lift adjuster Manual
Wheels 4.10/3.5-4, pneumatic
Drive Direct
Weight-tray capacity 100 lb (45 kg)
Vehicle compatibility and requirements

Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mower or Residential ZTrak™ Mower.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator.
    The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing.
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Aerator Spreader

Order number: LPAS40JD

130-lb (59-kg) Pull-Type Spin Spreader 130-lb (59-kg) Pull-Type Spin Spreader

Broadcasts fertilizer, weed control, grass seed or ice melter products while towing behind a riding lawn tractor. 130-lb (59-kg) polyethylene hopper resists rust and is easier to clean. Spread pattern will go up to 12 ft (31 cm) depending on speed and material. New direct rod control with easy to reach handle opens and closes the material gate. Heat treated steel gears with plastic enclosure are protected from corrosive material. Large knobby tread tires roll easily over turf.

 

Two-year warranty.

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

130-lb Pull-Type Spin Spreader
Order number: LP39087

Broadcast SpreaderBroadcast Spreader

This 175-lb (79-kg) pull-type broadcast spreader is designed for homeowner use:

  • The polyethylene hopper will not dent or rust.
  • All stainless-steel interior hardware, shaft, and agitator help to prevent corrosion.
  • Large pneumatic turf tires ensure a positive drive and smooth operation.
  • High-speed, 6:1 reduction glass-filled nylon gears provide the widest spread pattern at the slowest speeds.
  • Fully enclosed gearbox eliminates downtime and maintenance.
  • Autoflow feature stops the flow of materials - automatically - to prevent burns.
  • Directional spread-pattern control feature provides positive shutoff along sidewalks and driveways.
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

175-lb (79-kg) Broadcast Spreader

Order number: LPBS36JD

Thatchers

Front thatcherFront thatcher
Front thatcherFront thatcher

The thatcher, used on a regular basis, reduces excessive thatch buildup that can be damaging to a lawn's health.
 
Since it provides more gentle, less aggressive action than a power rake, it can be used as a preventive maintenance tool each time the lawn is mowed.

Ordering information

 

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

38-in. (97-cm) Front Thatcher

Order number: LP48004

8-in. (20-cm) thatcher extension for wider widths8-in. (20-cm) thatcher extension for wider widths

An 8-in. (20-cm) extension is available to provide widths of 46 in. (117 cm) and 54 in. (137 cm) (Add an extension to one end of front thatcher to make it 46-in. [117-cm] wide; add an extension to both ends for a 56-in. [142-cm] width.)

Front thatcher installed on X534 TractorFront thatcher installed on X534 Tractor

A thatcher mounting frame is required to install the 38-in. (97-cm) front-mounted thatcher on a vehicle.

40 in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Thatcherator40 in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Thatcherator
#

The 40-in. (102-cm) Thatcherator can be used as a dethatcher or an aerator. It can also be used to prepare an area for seed:

  • 40-in. (102-cm) width to cover ground fast
  • 20 spring-loaded tines for maximum performance
  • Three-position adjustment
  • Weight tray to allow increased scratching power

An 8-in. (20-cm) extension is available to provide widths of 48 in. (122 cm) and 56 in. (142 cm) (Add an extension to one end of Thatcherator to make it 48-in. (122-cm) wide and an extension to both ends for a 56-in. (142-cm) width.)

Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Width 40 in. (101.6 cm)
Tines
Number20, spring-loaded tips
Diameter0.19 in. (0.5 cm)
MaterialSteel
Weight tray capacity100 lb (45 kg)
Lift adjuster Three positions
Wheel
Size8 in. (20.3 cm)
TreadRib
MaterialSteel
Optional extension 8 in. (20.3 cm)


Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mower, or Residential ZTrak™ Mower.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator. The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak Mower not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing.
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Thatcherator

Order number: LPTA40JD

Three-point Hitch

One of the greatest operator concerns involves difficulty in attaching tractor implements. John Deere has addressed this issue with the iMatch Quick-Hitch: 

  • All implements require a set of bushings in order for the attachment to fit and work properly with the iMatch Quick-Hitch. One set of bushings comes with the iMatch Quick-Hitch.

 

NOTE: All implements (box blades, tillers, rear blades, landscape rakes, etc.) require a set of bushings to enlarge the pin to fit with the iMatch hooks. Bushings of different lengths can be found in the parts system or through a bushing supplier.

iMatch Quick-HitchiMatch Quick-Hitch
iMatch Quick-Hitch with 3-Point Hitch Disk HarrowiMatch Quick-Hitch with 3-Point Hitch Disk Harrow

One of the greatest operator concerns involves difficulty in attaching tractor implements. John Deere has addressed this issue with the iMatch Quick-Hitch.
 
The iMatch Quick-Hitch provides easy hookup and a guaranteed fit for all Category 1 implements designed to meet the ASAE Category 1 Standard S278.6 for quick-attach hitches.

  • All implements require a set of bushings in order for the attachment to fit and work properly with the iMatch Quick-Hitch. One set of bushings comes with the iMatch Quick-Hitch.

NOTE: All implements (box blades, tillers, rear blades, landscape rakes, etc.) require a set of bushings to enlarge the pin to fit with the iMatch hooks. Bushings of different lengths can be found in the parts system or through a bushing supplier (see dimensions below).

  • Upper bushing
    • Inside diameter of 0.76 in. to 0.77 in. (19 mm to 20 mm)
    • Outside diameter of 1.24 in. to 1.25 in. (31 mm to 32 mm)
  • Lower bushings
    • Inside diameter of 0.88 in. to 0.89 in. (22 mm to 23 mm)
    • Outside diameter of 1.43 in. to 1.44 in. (36 mm to 37 mm)
iMatch Quick-Hitch dimensions
iMatch dimensionsiMatch dimensions

 

Dimensions designated

Millimeters (minimum)

Millimeters (maximum)

'A' lower socket inside span

686.56

689.61

'B' lower socket width

27.94

29.46

'C' lower socket diameter

38.1

38.61

'D' upper hook vertical spacing 

375.41

377.96

iMatch Quick-Hitch implement geometry
iMatch implement dimensionsiMatch implement dimensions

 

Dimensions designated

Millimeters (minimum)

Millimeters (maximum)

'A' lower hitch pin or adapter outside diameter

36.33

36.58

'B' lower hitch pin inner shoulder spread

681.0

684.3

'C' lower hitch pin outer shoulder spread

750.83

753.88

'D' lower hitch pin inner/outer shoulder diameter 

50.55

63.75

'E' coupler mast pin diameter

31.50

31.75

'F' coupler mast pin vertical spacing

379.48

382.53

Tire Chains

TerraGrip Traction BeltTerraGrip Traction Belt
#

Protect your driving surface. TerraGrip Traction Belts offer enhanced traction on snow, mud, dirt, wet asphalt, and wet concrete surfaces. They will not scratch or chip concrete, asphalt, or aggregate drives or walkways. The proven reliability of the traditional steel chain attachment system is used and combined with the performance and durability of reinforced rubber slats. The rubber slats wrap around the tire so only rubber touches the driving surface. The result is aggressive traction without the risk of surface damage, that can happen with traditional chains.

Features:
  • Rubber slats surround the tire and will not damage driveways or sidewalks.
  • No steel touches the driving surface.
  • No-tools installation utilizes a traditional steel chain attachment system.
  • Traction is improved on all surfaces, especially loose material (snow, dirt, mud, sand, etc.).
  • TerraGrip Traction Belts are approved for John Deere X300, X500 M-T, and X700 Series Tractors.

Additional information for 4-wheel-steer tractor models:

  • X700 Series – requires wheel spacer sold separately
  • X500 Series – requires wheel stop adjustment
  • X300 Series – no additional requirements
Tire chain with optional wheel weights on X728 TractorTire chain with optional wheel weights on X728 Tractor

Chains are recommended for extra traction when using attachments such as a snow blower or front blade.

One pair of chains is included in each bundle.

TY15959 tire chains - 20x8-8
NOTE: For LA105, LA115, LA125, D100, D105, D110, D120, D125, E100, E110, and E120 Tractors.

TY16200 tire chains - 20x10-8 (for some models), 20x10-10
NOTE: For LA135 SE, LA145, LA155, S240, X300/less deck, X300/38X, X300/42M, X300/42X, X300/48X, X300R, X304, and X324 Tractors.
NOTE: The rim diameter is larger for four-wheel steer tires, but does not affect chain requirements.

TY25229 tire chains - 20x10-8 (for some models), 22x9.5-12
NOTE: For LA165, LA175, D130, D140, D150, D155, D160, D170, E130, E140, E150, E160, E170, and E180 Tractors.

TY24327 tire chains - 22x11-10
NOTE: For X320, X340, and X360 Tractors.

TY15956 tire chains - 23x10.5-12
NOTE: For 190C Tractor.

TY26227 tire chains - 23x9.5-12, 24x9.5-12
NOTE: For X534 Tractor.

TY24328 tire chains - 24x12-12
NOTE: For X500, X520, X530, X540, and X590 Tractors. Also use with 26x10.5-12 tires on model year 2016- (SN 040,000-) X734 and X754.

TY25326 tire chains - 26x10.5-12
NOTE: For model year -2015 (SN -040,000). For X724, X734, X744, and X754 Tractors. Fits turf, bar, and heavy-duty all-purpose (HDAP) tire treads.

TY15958 tire chains - 26x12-12
NOTE: For X700, X710, X720, X730, X728, X738, X729, X739, X740, X750, X748, X758, and X749 Tractors. Will fit turf, bar, and HDAP tire treads. X729, X739, and X749 require BM22725 wheel spacer kit to provide clearance when installing tire chains.

Tow Behind

42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper

The 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper offers great performance and hauls an incredible 17 bu (599 L) of material. Its design gives superior brush-to-ground contact to prevent skipping and provide maximum performance for a clean path the first time through.

Features include:

  • 42-in. (107-cm) clearing width
  • 17-bu (599-L) capacity to make fast work of picking up material
  • Convenient brush-height adjuster has eight positions for easy selection of the optimum sweeping height
  • Hitch has seven positions to match up correctly with a variety of vehicles
  • Large 12-in. (305-mm) x 3-in. (76-mm) wheels with bar tread have good gripping action to ensure positive brush rotation
  • A unique storage feature allows the sweeper to collapse and be stored vertically to minimize storage space
Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Brush heightSweeping conditions
Ground level to 1 in. (25 mm) aboveSmooth surfaces - driveways, parking lots, and
sidewalks
1 in. (25 mm) to 2 in. (50 mm)Mowed lawns under normal conditions, or light
leaves
2 in. (50 mm) to 3 in. (75 mm)High grass, heavy leaves, or heavy grass clippings

 

 

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

42-in. (107-cm) Tow-Behind Lawn Sweeper
Order number: LPSTS42JD

44-in. (112-cm) Lawn Sweeper44-in. (112-cm) Lawn Sweeper
#

The 44-in. (112-cm) Lawn Sweeper offers great performance and hauls an incredible 17 bu (599 L) of material. Its design gives superior brush-to-ground contact to prevent skipping and provide maximum performance for a clean path the first time through.

Features include:

  • 44-in. (112-cm) clearing width
  • 17-bu (599-L) capacity to make fast work of picking up material
  • Convenient brush-height adjuster has eight positions for easy selection of the optimum sweeping height
  • Hitch has seven positions to match up correctly with a variety of vehicles
  • Large 12-in. (305-mm) x 3-in. (76-mm) wheels with bar tread have good gripping action to ensure positive brush rotation
  • A unique storage feature allows the sweeper to collapse and be stored vertically to minimize storage space
Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Brush heightSweeping conditions
Ground level to 1 in. (25 mm) aboveSmooth surfaces - driveways, parking lots, and sidewalks
1 in. (25 mm) to 2 in. (50 mm)Mowed lawns under normal conditions, or light leaves
2 in. (50 mm) to 3 in. (75 mm)High grass, heavy leaves, or heavy grass clippings

 

 

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

44-in. (112-cm) Tow-Behind Lawn Sweeper
Order number: LP49038

Dethatcher kit for sweeperDethatcher kit for sweeper
#

This John Deere dethatcher kit has two rows of individually flexing tines that gently but effectively remove grass clippings, leaves, and other lawn debris from your lawn. The kit easily attaches to the front of John Deere's 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper (LPSTS42JD) to add thatch pickup to the sweeper's cleaning abilities. The dethatcher does not need to be removed to resume regular sweeping use.

 

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

Dethatcher kit for sweeper

Order number: LP42108

Multi ToolMulti Tool
#

The Multi Tool includes one platform and two separate attachments, saving space and money.

 

  • Includes 40-in. (101.6-cm) weight tray - capable of holding up to 100 lb (45.4 kg) of weight
  • Includes pre-assembled core aerator - reduces soil compaction allowing air, water, and fertilizer to the grass roots
  • Includes dethatcher - removes unwanted debris from the top of the soil to allow nutrients to reach the grass roots
  • Elongated handle - makes it easier to raise into transport or lower for use
  • Spring assisted lever - makes changing the attachments quick and easy


John Deere has combined the best lawn tools into one package.

Two-year warranty.

 

Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

Multi Tool

Order number: LP39089

36-in. (91-cm) Tow-Behind Lawn Roller36-in. (91-cm) Tow-Behind Lawn Roller
#

The Lawn Roller packs down sod, seed, and mole ridges. Its tough polyethylene drum does not dent or rust. The drum's rounded ends do not gouge the lawn or make ruts:

  • 36-in. (91-cm) wide polyethylene drum
  • 390-lb (177-kg) weight for excellent leveling
  • Rounded end caps to reduce gouging
  • 42-U.S. gal. (159-L) capacity
  • Long-lasting Nylatron® bearings

Nylatron is a trademark of QUADRANT AG or its affiliates or licensors.

Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Width 36 in. (91 cm)
Roller
Size36 in. x 18 in. (91 cm x 46 cm)
Capacity42 U.S. gal. (159 L)
Weight (filled)390 lb (176.4 kg)
Drum/end-cap material High-density polyethylene (HDPE)
Bearings Nylatron

 


Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mower or Residential ZTrak™ Mower.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator. The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing.
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

36-in. (91-cm) Tow-Behind Lawn Roller

Order number: LPPRT36JD

Steel roller 24 in. x 48 in. (61 cm x 122 cm)Steel roller 24 in. x 48 in. (61 cm x 122 cm)
The John Deere 24 in. x 48 in. (61 cm x 122 cm) Steel Lawn Roller is one of the best and easiest ways to make a lawn look great. After a long winter, a roller levels out a lawn, removing bumps and depressions that have naturally occurred. A roller is also good for new sod and freshly seeded lawns by flattening the soil to promote stronger root growth. A lawn roller packs down new sod, seed, and unlevel ground. The roller is easy to fill, empty, and store.

The lawn roller packs down sod, seed, and mole ridges. Its tough polyethylene drum does not dent or rust. The drum's rounded ends do not gouge the lawn or make ruts.
 
Specifications
  • 48-in. (61-cm) wide welded-steel drum working width
  • 52-in. (132-cm) overall width, approximate
  • Up to 910-lb (413-kg) weight when filled with water
  • 94-U.S. gal. (356-L) capacity
  • 1-in. (2.54-cm) replaceable bearings
  • 165-lb (75-kg) approximate dry shipping weight


Compatibility and requirements and/or recommendations

  1. Compatible with John Deere GT, GX, X500 M-T, X700, and similar-sized lawn and garden tractors.
  2. Rear-wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  3. The 48-in. (122-cm) Steel Lawn Roller is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, S240, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mower, or ZTrak™ Residential Mower.
Ordering information

Please contact a local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

Steel roller 24 in. x 48 in. (61 cm x 122 cm)

Order number: LP64738

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator
#

The 40-in. (102-cm) Plug Aerator removes plugs of soil up to 3-in. (7.6-cm) deep to allow penetration of air, water, and nutrients. It also helps relieve soil compaction:

  • 40-in. (102-cm) width with up to 3 in. (7.6 cm) of penetration
  • Three-position lift handle for 2-in. (5-cm) or 3-in. (7.6-cm) plug lengths
  • 28 carbonized, 16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.5-mm) steel, individually serviceable plugging tines
  • 1-in. (2.5-cm) diameter high-carbon steel-tine shaft
  • 4.10/3.50-4 pneumatic tires for easy pulling
  • 175-lb (79-kg) capacity weight tray
Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Width 40 in. (101.6 cm)
Aerator depth Up to 3 in. (7.6 cm)
Tines
Number of tips28
Spacing6 in. (15.2 cm) apart
Material Carbonized, 16-gauge, 0.6-in. (1.5-mm) steel
Lift adjuster Manual, three position
Wheels 4.10/3.5-4, pneumatic
Weight-tray capacity 175 lb (79.4 kg)
Vehicle compatibility and requirements

Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mowers, or Residential ZTrak™ Mowers.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator.
    The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing.
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator

Order number: LPPA40JD

48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator
#

The 48-in. (122-cm) Plug Aerator removes plugs of soil up to 3 in. (7.6 cm) deep to allow penetration of air, water, and nutrients and relieve soil compaction:

  • 48-in. (122-cm) width for excellent productivity
  • Heavy-duty construction for high hour use
  • Three-position lift lever
  • Adjusts for 2 in. (5 cm) or 3 in. (7.6 cm) of penetration
  • 48 carbonized-steel plugging tines in 12 rows spaced 4 in. (10 cm) apart
  • 250-lb (113-kg) capacity weight tray
  • 1-in. (2.5-cm) diameter steel tine shaft
  • Nyliner® tine shaft bearings
  • 4.10X3.5-4 pneumatic tires

NOTE: The 48-in. (122-cm) Plug Aerator is not recommended for lawn tractors.
 
Nyliner is a trademark of Thomson Industries Incorporated.

Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

Width 48 in. (121.9 cm)
Aerator depth Up to 3 in. (7.6 cm)
Tines 
Number of tips48
Spacing4 in. (10.2 cm) apart
MaterialCarbonized, 16-gauge, 0.06-in. (1.7-mm) steel
Lift Adjuster Manual, three positions
Wheels 4.10/3.5-4, pneumatic
Weight-tray capacity 250 lb (113.4 kg) *
Vehicle compatibility and requirements

Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mowers, or Residential ZTrak™ Mowers.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator. The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing. 

 

Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator

Order number: LPPA48JD

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Spiker Aerator40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Spiker Aerator
#

The 40-in. (102-cm) Spiker Aerator penetrates soil, allowing air, water, and nutrients to enter the lawn. It also relieves soil compaction:

  • 40-in. (102-cm) width with up to 2 in. (5 cm) of penetration
  • 10-in. (25-cm) diameter steel-tine stars
  • 132 steel-tine tips on 11 spike wheels
  • 3.5-in. (9-cm) spike-wheel spacing
  • Full-sized lift lever
  • 4.10/3.5-4 pneumatic tires for easy pulling
  • 100-lb (45-kg) capacity weight tray 40-in. (102-cm) width with up to 3 in. (7.6 cm) of penetration
Quality design

John Deere tow-behind lawn care tools are compatible with all John Deere lawn and garden tractors, as well as competitive tractors.

This implement features legendary John Deere performance and quality.

Specifications

 

Width 40 in. (101.6 cm)
Aerator depth Up to 2 in. (5.1 cm)
Tines
Number of tips132
Diameter10 in. (25.4 cm)
Spacing3.5 in. (8.9 cm) apart
MaterialSteel
Lift adjuster Manual
Wheels 4.10/3.5-4, pneumatic
Weight tray capacity 100 lb (45 kg)


Requirements and/or recommendations: tow-behind equipment

  1. Rear wheel weights are recommended for additional traction.
  2. The 48-in. (122-cm) Tow-Behind Plug Aerator is not recommended for Select Series™ X300s, D100, LA100, 100, or L100 Series, 100 Series, LT, LTR, LX Lawn Tractors, EZtrak™ Mower, or Residential ZTrak™ Mower.
  3. The loaded weight of the utility cart not to exceed the weight of the vehicle and operator. The loaded weight of any attachment towed by an EZtrak or Residential ZTrak not to exceed 250 lb (113 kg).
  4. For EZtraks and Residential ZTraks, only the 7P Utility Cart, 10P Utility Cart, or 42-in. (107-cm) Lawn Sweeper are recommended for towing.
Ordering information

Customers, please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

40-in. (102-cm) Tow-Behind Spiker Aerator

Order number: LPSAT40JD

Weather Enclosures

Weather enclosure for Signature Series TractorsWeather enclosure for Signature Series Tractors
#

The roomy steel-frame cab shields the operator against snow, rain, sun, and wind.

 

Key features include:

  • Dual hinged doors for easy entrance from either side
  • Roomy steel frame cab shield against snow, rain, sun and wind
  • Double-zippered access hole for control maneuverability
  • Super-clear vinyl windows that are cold-crack tested to -4ºF (-20ºC)
  • Zippered windows that allow for additional airflow
  • Assembles and installs with standard hand tools in one hour
  • Overall height from ground to top of cab of 84 in. (213 cm)
  • Vent panels throughout the enclosure for airflow and reduced interior condensation
  • Internal non-scratch magnets on zippered door ensure a custom fit
  • Sun roof for additional light
  • Includes an opening that makes it easy to access the control handle for a snow blower's optional BM20960 remote spout cap control kit

The weather enclosure is compatible with the following:

  • Signature Series X710, X730, X734, X738, X739, X750, X754, and X758 Tractors
Ordering information

Please contact your local John Deere dealer for availability and pricing information.

 

Signature Series weather enclosure

Order number: LP41114

Weights

Nine-weight front weight bracketNine-weight front weight bracket
Nine-weight front weight bracket (similar design shown)Nine-weight front weight bracket (similar design shown)

Front weight bracket holds up to nine 42-lb (19-kg) suitcase weights, UC13263 or the discontinued R66949, for a total of 378 lb (172 kg).

Weights are not included.

The front nine-weight bracket is not compatible with front implements or the front brush guard.

42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weight42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weight
42-lb (19-kg) weights and optional mounting bracket42-lb (19-kg) weights and optional mounting bracket

The 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch can be used to counterbalance a heavy front or rear attachment and/or provide greater stability, especially when operating on hills.

This weight is constructed of cast iron and weighs approximately 42 lb (19 kg).

Some vehicles have built-in front and/or rear weight brackets to hang the weights on; others require a weight bracket that must be ordered separately.

X400/X500 Heavy-Duty Garden Tractors and X700 Series Tractors require the following parts when weights are installed on the front of the tractor:

  • One  M147986 weight retaining rod (Parts)
  • Two  M40461 spring clip (Parts)
Weight bracket shown with optional weightsWeight bracket shown with optional weights
Click-N-Go™ bracket (right side shown)Click-N-Go™ bracket (right side shown)

Rear weight bracket holds up to six 42-lb (19-kg) Quik-Tatch weights, ordered separately.

Reviews

4.5

101 reviews

Rating Snapshot

71
19
3
3
1
4.36
4.53
4.56

X738

5/5

I have only had this x738 a couple of months. So far I like it a lot.

Pros

Cons

JLS49

From:

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Intermediate

4
2
5

X738

5/5

I traded in a JD X710 for the X738 and am glad I did. We maintain 5 rural acres and mow a little over 3 acres. The 60" deck is great and has cut some of the mowing time. It's also used to pull felled trees and other outdoor work. Completely satisified.

Pros

Cons

PNC Mac

From: Lake Odessa, MI

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Daily

Level of Expertise: Intermediate

5
2
5

Need no other tractor for mowing.

5/5

Best tractor my posterior has ever been in. Comfort, power, speed. Attachments capability. 4x4 is huge difference maker for hillsides and embankments.

Pros

Cons

Stryker

From: Pennsylvania

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Daily

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

Deere making good

4/5

This is my second X738. The first one blew up at 6 hours. The fuel line was not properly attached. Deere made good on it and gave me a new X738. The cutting deck from the first mower was attached. I now have 10 hour so this mower and it is great.

Pros

Cons

Bigbob56

From: Dillsboro, in

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

Has great thingf on it

5/5

I'm very happy with the tractor and 54" mower deck!

Pros

Cons

Rick T

From: Lapeer, Mi

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Intermediate

5
2
5

2/5

This is my second X738. The first blew up with 6 hours of usage. But John Deere made good on it with this second X738. I have only used it for 3 hours and everything is good so far. I appreciate Deere stepping up and taking care of their problem. Thank You.

Pros

Cons

Bob56

From: Dillsboro induans

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

3
2
5

Good quality all around.

5/5

Great machine. Has a lift cylinder leaking that the dealer is going to fix. Very comfortable.

Pros

Cons

B carmack

From: California Ky

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

3/5

My wife wont drive it she says it rides to rough and dont like some of the features

Pros

Cons

zimmie

From:

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

3
2
5

AWESOME machinery

5/5

From a 24yrs old 345 to this... WOW! Workhorse, built like a tank, and so comfortable.

Pros

Cons

bjbarron13

From:

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

Great lawn tractor but needs bigger gas tank.

4/5

Love the tractor and mower! Would have given it 5 stars except it either burns a lot of gas or needs a bigger gas tank. The awd is great!!

Pros

Cons

Kmk64

From: IL

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

Powerhouse

5/5

It is a great running machine. Smooth and powerful.

Pros

Cons

JonC

From: Indiana

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

4/5

Can’t complain about it loaded the rear tires and we will see how it pushes

Pros

Cons

Matt 2024 x738

From: Orrville ohio

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

3
2
5

Everything works as it should.

5/5

I’m really happy that I bought a quality product in John Deere and also from the Mansfield Ohio dealer, they were exceptional! I did add a 60” deck mower to it, actually the dealership installed it for me. I’ve already had the four wheel drive as I got my zero turn stuck on a slope. I hooked the chain to it and it pulled the zero up and out without any problems!

Pros

Cons

Sam57

From: Loudonville, Ohio

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

High quality

5/5

John deere never disappoints. Cut is smooth, tractor functions great, Just like the last two. Best of all, made in Horicon WI.

Pros

Cons

SPJV

From: Prairie du sac WI

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

Great Dependability!

5/5

This is my 2nd X738…… I am “sold” on the 4 wheel drive for my winter snow blowing. The tractor is very reliable and operates effortlessly both in summer and winter use. Plenty of power, easy maintenance. Grat product.

Pros

Cons

Peter H

From: Locke, NY

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

Nice tractor

5/5

Tractor is very nice we bought 60 inch mower deck for cutting grass

Pros

Cons

Ncetrctr

From:

Length of Ownership:

Usage Frequency:

Level of Expertise:

0
2
5

Great so far!

5/5

Purchased to replace an aging LA series lawn tractor. Needed to extra size and power due to moving to a larger piece of rural property with hills and wooded areas. So far, the X738 has exceeded my expectations from a usability perspective and with the power steering I am able to maneuver into places I didn’t expect to access. Just be aware that with the gasoline engine, it does have more fuel consumption than smaller, less powerful models.

Pros

Cons

dbell

From: Kutztown PA

Length of Ownership: 1month

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

All the power you need.

5/5

I used this tractor all year for four years. Love it.

Pros

Cons

Gene Q

From:

Length of Ownership: 1yearOrLonger

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Intermediate

5
2
5

Disappointed With X738

3/5

I paid over twice the price for the X738 than what I had bought a Simplicity for 2 years earlier. The X738 is under powered for snowblowing, it doesn't blow the snow very far and seems to push snow better than blow snow. When mowing is is also underpowered, very disappointing 😞 It is also very noisy inside the cab as others have said... It drives great, steers great, looks great, just doesn't function great. How can we make it have enough power to do what is supposed to do?

Pros

Cons

KPfuhl

From: Coon Valley, Wai

Length of Ownership: 6months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

3
2
5

5/5

Due to wet weather, we only ran it for 2 days. Love it so far. Please check your records. We bought the tractor with a mowing deck.

Pros

Cons

none for us

From:

Length of Ownership:

Usage Frequency:

Level of Expertise:

5
2
5

Great Features and comfort

5/5

I bought this in December. 2023 to replace a LA135 tractor that I had for 20 years. I love the 735! the tractor does everything it is advertised to do and works flawlessly right now on snow removal with the 47-inch snowblower. The air ride seat adds a great level of comfort when operating the tractor. I am sure it will be the same with the 52-inch mower deck attachment when that goes on in the spring.

Pros

Cons

Steve16

From: Piseco, New York

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

5/5

Pros

Cons

Rick Streepy

From:

Length of Ownership:

Usage Frequency:

Level of Expertise:

0
2
5

It is so quiet and smooth running

5/5

I just bought this tractor a few months ago and I love it!!!

Pros

Cons

ardy

From: Decatur Illinois

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Monthly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

Awesome unit!

5/5

I ordered with snowblower, I'm glad I went up to the bigger size as it handled the unit up front effortlessly and the wet snow no problem, also order mower deck and now going to add 3pt hitch

Pros

Cons

From:

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

4x4 738 Just For Snow

4/5

I only got to use it once so far, but it preformed really well blowing heavy wet snow. My only complaint is that it is very loud in the cab I had to use ear plugs from the hydro noise. I have a 700 2-wheel drive that is not nearly as loud.

Pros

Cons

John 41

From: Racin Wisconsin

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Monthly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

Much improved cab.

4/5

Compared to my Xt728, there have been many improvements, especially the cab. My only complaint is operating the lever to operate the hydraulic, way tooo much effort to move the lever.

Pros

Cons

Gerry T

From:

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Intermediate

4
2
5

Quality is number one.

5/5

I purchased this tractor to replace a competitors brand, so glad I did! The quality of a deere is unsurpassed!

Pros

Cons

Klick

From: Springville, NY

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

4
2
5

Great Machine

4/5

Been through 2 snowstorms in Iowa and WOW.. Went through snow easy with 4wd and no weights. the Cozy Cab is excellent and kept me very warm. This summer I hope it mows as good as it blows!

Pros

Cons

cryptoman

From:

Length of Ownership:

Usage Frequency:

Level of Expertise:

0
2
5

Great machine

5/5

Solid machine, very powerful, easy to change mower, blad or snowblower. Very comfortable.

Pros

Cons

Will D

From: Durham ct

Length of Ownership: 3months

Usage Frequency: Weekly

Level of Expertise: Expert

5
2
5

X738 -Impressive Tractor and Information Available